units

faculty-pg-edu

Faculty of Education

Monash University

Monash University Handbook 2014 Postgraduate - Units

This unit entry is for students who completed this unit in 2014 only. For students planning to study the unit, please refer to the unit indexes in the the current edition of the Handbook. If you have any queries contact the managing faculty for your course or area of study.

print version


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Research quarter 1 2014 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 1 2014 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2014 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2014 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2014 (External Candidature)
Hong Kong Research quarter 1 2014 (Off-campus)
Singapore Research quarter 1 2014 (Off-campus)
Peninsula Research quarter 1 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Research quarter 1 2014 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2014 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2014 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2014 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2014 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2014 (External Candidature)
Hong Kong Research quarter 2 2014 (Off-campus)
Singapore Research quarter 2 2014 (Off-campus)
Peninsula Research quarter 2 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Research quarter 2 2014 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2014 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2014 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2014 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2014 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2014 (External Candidature)
Hong Kong Research quarter 3 2014 (Off-campus)
Singapore Research quarter 3 2014 (Off-campus)
Peninsula Research quarter 3 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Research quarter 3 2014 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2014 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2014 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2014 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2014 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2014 (External Candidature)
Hong Kong Research quarter 4 2014 (Off-campus)
Singapore Research quarter 4 2014 (Off-campus)
Peninsula Research quarter 4 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Research quarter 4 2014 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Research quarter 1 2014 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 1 2014 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2014 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2014 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2014 (External Candidature)
Hong Kong Research quarter 1 2014 (Off-campus)
Singapore Research quarter 1 2014 (Off-campus)
Peninsula Research quarter 1 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Research quarter 1 2014 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2014 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2014 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2014 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2014 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2014 (External Candidature)
Hong Kong Research quarter 2 2014 (Off-campus)
Singapore Research quarter 2 2014 (Off-campus)
Peninsula Research quarter 2 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Research quarter 2 2014 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2014 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2014 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2014 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2014 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2014 (External Candidature)
Hong Kong Research quarter 3 2014 (Off-campus)
Singapore Research quarter 3 2014 (Off-campus)
Peninsula Research quarter 3 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Research quarter 3 2014 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2014 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2014 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2014 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2014 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2014 (External Candidature)
Hong Kong Research quarter 4 2014 (Off-campus)
Singapore Research quarter 4 2014 (Off-campus)
Peninsula Research quarter 4 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Research quarter 4 2014 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Research quarter 1 2014 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 1 2014 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2014 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 1 2014 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 1 2014 (External Candidature)
Peninsula Research quarter 1 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Research quarter 1 2014 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2014 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 2 2014 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2014 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 2 2014 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 2 2014 (External Candidature)
Peninsula Research quarter 2 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Research quarter 2 2014 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2014 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 3 2014 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2014 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 3 2014 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 3 2014 (External Candidature)
Peninsula Research quarter 3 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Research quarter 3 2014 (External Candidature)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2014 (Day)
Berwick Research quarter 4 2014 (External Candidature)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2014 (Day)
Clayton Research quarter 4 2014 (External Candidature)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Research quarter 4 2014 (External Candidature)
Peninsula Research quarter 4 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Research quarter 4 2014 (External Candidature)

Synopsis

This unit is used by the faculty and/or Monash Institute of Graduate Research to enrol students undertaking Higher Degrees by Research. Students will not be able to enrol in this unit via WES.


3 points, SCA Band 1, 0.0625 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Judy Williams

Synopsis

This unit is a fieldwork unit and locates students in the life and culture of the school. It will prepare students for their professional practice by giving them the opportunities to plan and implement whole programs, design and manage learning environments, and develop professional relationships with students, other colleagues, parents and the wider community. Utilising information and communication technologies (ICTs), in planning for and delivering sessions forms part of this unit. The professional placement enables the students to refine and research their own practice and recognise what constitutes best practice in the profession.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. plan, implement and evaluate learning programs
  2. design and manage learning environments
  3. develop professional relationships with students
  4. liaise with colleagues, parents and community bodies
  5. document their professional learning and experience.

Fieldwork

Placement will be minimum 10 and maximum 15 days (total of 50 days over length of course).

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Successful completion of placement and allied tasks (1000 words or equivalent, 50%)
A portfolio (1000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:
(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:
+ 10 -15 days of professional placement

Prerequisites

EDF4315
EDF4317


3 points, SCA Band 1, 0.0625 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Judy Williams

Synopsis

This unit is a fieldwork unit and locates students in the life and culture of the school. It will prepare students for their professional practice by giving them the opportunities to plan and implement whole programs, design and manage learning environments, and develop professional relationships with students, other colleagues, parents and the wider community. Utilising information and communication technologies, in planning for and delivering sessions forms part of this unit. The professional placement enables the students to refine and research their own practice and recognise what constitutes best practice in the profession.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. plan, implement and evaluate learning programs
  2. design and manage learning environments
  3. develop professional relationships with students
  4. liaise with colleagues, parents and community bodies
  5. document their professional learning and experience.

Fieldwork

Placement will be minimum 10 and maximum 15 days (total of 50 days over length of course).

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Successful completion of placement and allied tasks (1000 words or equivalent, 50%)
A portfolio (1000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:
(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:
+ 10 -15 days of professional placement

Prerequisites

EDF4315
EDF4316
EDF4317


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Singapore Term 2 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Rosemary Bennett

Synopsis

In this unit students will critically examine principles, practices and issues of health and wellbeing. They will explore how society and culture influence community practices, legal and quality assurance requirements relating to the health and wellbeing of children and adults in early childhood settings. The unit will prepare students with strategies to maintain high quality health, safety and nutritional standards in children's services and to balance work and life commitments through emotional, physical, social and spiritual self-care.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the importance of maintaining healthy lifestyles for staff and children
  2. appreciate a range of perspectives on health and wellbeing
  3. manage health and safety routines in early childhood settings according to appropriate laws and regulations
  4. reflect on the implications of child health and safety issues in early childhood educational and care settings
  5. apply strategies to manage their own wellbeing.

Assessment

Essay (2000 words, 50%)
Tutorial presentation and/or diagrammatic map (2000 words or equivalent, 50% )

Chief examiner(s)


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Singapore Term 1 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Prasanna Srinivasan (Peninsula); Dr Joseph Agbenyega (Singapore)

Synopsis

This unit will explore the socio-cultural/historical concepts of learning and development of children aged from birth to 12 years, including medical concepts of disability and special additional needs. The policy and practical implications of learning and inclusion for teaching will feature, with particular emphasis on good practice and strategies that may be introduced to assist children and their families from varying cultural backgrounds.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. increase their knowledge and understanding of typical and atypical trajectories of learning and development in the early years
  2. increase their knowledge and understanding of the policy and practice within early years practice and to explore ways to include children with special education needs
  3. gain insight into ways in which children, particularly those with special education needs, are supported to maximise their learning potentials through collaboration with parents from varying cultural backgrounds
  4. explore various conceptual and theoretical perspectives about learning, development, disability, and special needs and to engage in case studies that exemplify the application of theoretical ideas and practice.

Assessment

Seminar presentation and supporting documentation (1600 words, 40%)
Case study (2400 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week (on-campus classes do not run during teaching practicum)

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 9 hours of independent study per week including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning

Prohibitions

EDF5413


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Nikolay Veresov

Synopsis

This unit will examine the contexts for professional life as well as the identities, roles and responsibilities of a contemporary early childhood professional. It will address the broader dimensions of being a contemporary early childhood professional including service management, professional leadership, research, advocacy, professional ethics, networking, career development and working effectively in the broader community. The notions of the 'learned professional' and the 'ethics of care', which require commitments to ethical relationships, pedagogical knowledge, critical thinking and intellectual engagement will underpin the way the unit is conceptualised. Consideration will be given to topics related to human and material resources management, service development and marketing.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. have an appreciation of, and the ability to respond to, the complex roles and responsibilities which are integral to the life and identities of an early childhood professional
  2. have an understanding of the importance of mandated requirements and the range of issues related to the effective management and administration of early childhood services
  3. have an understanding of the ethical dilemmas and commitments inherent in early childhood education
  4. have an awareness of the professional networks, resources and agencies which are available to support the work of early childhood professionals
  5. demonstrate the skills required to work effectively in partnership with team members, parents and other professionals in the field.

Assessment

Service Report (1600 words, 40%)
This will be a report related to an area of management of an early childhood service and will replicate an activity that can reasonably be expected of a manager of an early childhood service.
Project report (2400 words, 60%)
This will be a research project related to a current issue in the early childhood field and the role of the early childhood professional as an advocate, leader within that context.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 9 hours of independent study per week including readings, completion of set tasks and self-directed learning

Prohibitions

EDF4502
EDF4506


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Singapore Term 1 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Denise Chapman (Peninsula); Dr Hilary Monk (Singapore)

Synopsis

This unit prepares students to enter the early childhood education profession. They will continue to develop their ability to become reflective professionals monitoring their own thoughts and actions. They will gain an understanding of employment opportunities, processes and organisational and work conditions. Students will understand the importance of emotional, physical, social and spiritual wellbeing. They will learn strategies to balance work and life commitments. They will have a conscious understanding of themselves as professionals, their relationships with others and the importance of continuing their professional learning.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. continue to be reflective professionals
  2. be confident in the ways to seek employment
  3. apply strategies to manage their own wellbeing and see the significance of others
  4. understand and be able to articulate who they are as professionals entering the profession.

Assessment

Managing wellbeing (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Multimodal autobiography (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 1 hour lecture
  • 1 hour tutorial

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per week

Prohibitions

EDF5411


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedPeninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Prasanna Srinivasan

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the planning, implementation, and evaluation of high-quality, play-based curricula in kindergarten settings. Students will develop skills in integrating a range of curriculum domains, with an emphasis on early literacy and numeracy. The unit also provides an overview of early childhood curriculum frameworks locally and nationally, in the context of wider curriculum theory. Students will develop strategies for observing and assessing children's learning as a basis for planning and pedagogical tools to assist in communicating with parents and for curriculum planning and evaluation.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. systematically observe, assess and plan for the learning of young children
  2. identify key elements of curriculum frameworks in early childhood education
  3. implement and evaluate integrated curriculum experiences with individuals and small and large groups, across a range of curriculum domains
  4. make systematic links between culture, community, family and individual issues in their teaching practice.

Fieldwork

15 days for Bachelor of Early Childhood Education, 25 days for Graduate Diploma (Early Childhood)

Assessment

Pedagogical tool kit (1600 words equivalent, 40%)
Successful completion of professional placement (2400 words equivalent, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per week

Prohibitions

EDF5410


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Term 1 2014 (Off-campus block of classes)
Peninsula Term 3 2014 (Off-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Ms Nicole Marshall(Term 1); Ms Robyn Babaeff (Second Semester & Term 3)

Synopsis

This unit is principally comprised of up to 45 days of professional placement in prior-to-school settings, supported by regular in-centre tutorial sessions during block placements.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. foster professional relationships with children, families, and colleagues
  2. systematically plan and implement curricular practices that draw on explicit links to children's experiences in their families and communities
  3. effectively manage children's activities in the early childhood setting
  4. collaborate with professional colleagues to assess their own personal professional learning and development.

Fieldwork

25 days Bachelor of Early Childhood Education

Assessment

Professional portfolio (1600 words equivalent, 40%)
Successful completion of professional placement (2400 words equivalent, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

EDF5412


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Singapore Term 2 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Gloria Quinones

Synopsis

In this unit, students will examine research which calls into question the taken for granted theories of play that have informed the work of early childhood professionals and be provided with new and different contexts to think about in relation to how play is defined and theorized. Play has been traditionally viewed as an important pedagogical approach for early childhood education in most European heritage communities. However, in recent years broader and more culturally inclusive research has been undertaken to show how play is culturally constructed. Students will also consider the cultural ways in which children in contemporary society play and live in their communities. Importantly, students will undertake an analysis of the contemporary theories of play, noting the research upon which particular theories are based, examining cross-cultural variations, popular culture, gendered interactions and critiquing the range of play contexts that children find themselves today. Students will be supported in their work through observing children, undertaking analyses and through re-theorising play.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the importance of play as a pedagogical construct
  2. critically analyse the assumptions and research base underpinning the range of theoretical perspectives of play enacted locally, nationally and internationally
  3. investigate the social construction of play in a range of cross-cultural contexts
  4. analyse the use of observations of children as a mechanism to evaluate children's play
  5. creatively explore the principles of play as a construct for learning in schools, centres and homes.

Assessment

Data collection and multimedia presentation (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Concept diagram and action plan (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Prohibitions

EDF5409


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nicola Johnson (Gippsland); Dr Elizabeth Tudball (Clayton)

Synopsis

The emphasis in the unit is on the nature of the curriculum as it is enacted in the classroom and its connection to whole-school, community practices and global concerns including philosophical, moral and political dimensions. The implications of connecting the curriculum in order to address a variety of concerns relate to the professionalism of the educator, their pedagogy and assessment practices. In association with the practicum, students are required to critically evaluate, apply and imagine curriculum ideas that enable teachers to teach in educative settings. The unit will draw on contemporary curriculum developments internationally and in Australia including: nationalising the curriculum, who actually controls the curriculum, making the curriculum educative, curriculum integration and community-based curriculum.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop a critical perspective on historical and contemporary curriculum ideas
  2. understand the notion of an educative curriculum and be able to critique the notion of the disciplines and inter-disciplinary studies
  3. understand the implications of the philosophical and political dimensions of the curriculum and how these impact pedagogical and assessment practices
  4. apply these understandings by constructing a robust critique of a current curriculum practice.

Assessment

Written assignment 1 (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Written assignment 2 (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in pre-service teacher education qualification, Bachelor of Education or Graduate Diploma of Education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Marianne Turner

Synopsis

One in four learners in Australian schools comes from a home where the main language is other than English. If these learners are to experience equal educational opportunities and achieve equal educational outcomes they need support in their language and literacy development and an environment that is conducive to their learning across all subject areas. This unit aims to provide mainstream subject teachers with the appropriate skills to meet the needs of non-English speaking background learners through developing an understanding of the language-related needs of these learners and ways of meeting these needs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. enhance understandings of the language-related needs of learners from non-English speaking backgrounds and of ways of meeting those needs
  2. develop awareness of approaches to learning materials and teaching practices which take account of the diversity in cultural backgrounds and experiences of learners in all classes across the school curriculum
  3. develop collaborative working relationships between learners in different subject areas
  4. increase awareness among subject teachers of the needs of ESL learners and the ways in which subject teachers and ESL specialists can work together to meet these needs.

Assessment

Reading log (2500 words, 60%)
Practical application: development of tailored materials and pedagogical approaches (1500 words equivalent, 40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in pre-service teacher education qualification, Bachelor of Education or Graduate Diploma of Education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leonie Kronborg (Clayton); Dr Margaret Plunkett (Gippsland)

Synopsis

This unit provides a framework for students to understand giftedness and the practices associated with gifted education from a theoretical perspective and through the assessment tasks provides opportunities for both critically reflective appraisal and practical application of new understandings. It requires students to critically examine current understandings and practices relating to teaching highly able students from a national and international perspective. A focus of the unit is on development of differentiated curricula to engage all ability levels and gifted students in particular.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. examine their beliefs about giftedness and gifted behaviour and critique these in relation to research findings
  2. identify issues and practices associated with identification of and provision for gifted students
  3. reflect on and evaluate the theory and practice relating to pedagogical and organisational strategies associated with the field of gifted education
  4. interpret and utilise models used in a range of national and international settings to cater for gifted students
  5. explore and develop differentiated instructional strategies and curricula which challenge a range of abilities and are suitable for mainstream classrooms.

Assessment

Reflective journal (3000 words, 70%)
Practical application: a differentiated curriculum unit (1000 words, 30%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in pre-service teacher education qualification, Bachelor of Education or Graduate Diploma of Education

Prohibitions

EDF4241


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Gillian Kidman (Berwick); Mr Peter Anderson (Clayton)

Synopsis

This unit explores local and global Indigenous perspectives on teaching and learning. It develops students' knowledge and understanding of Indigenous cultures with a particular focus on Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples. The unit considers Indigenous and other forms of education alongside the provision of mainstream schooling by nation states. Students develop understanding of the impact of culture, cultural identity and linguistic background on the education of students from Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander backgrounds. They explore and utilise education programs which have successfully engaged with learners from Indigenous and traditionally oriented societies and achieved improvements in their education outcomes. Students also develop broad knowledge, understanding and respect for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples and their histories, cultures and languages to meet expectations in the Australian Curriculum and the Australian Professional Standards for Teachers. They develop skills and insights into how to engage learners from Indigenous and traditional communities and create successful partnerships that improve academic outcomes and foster reconciliation.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate cross-cultural skills and knowledge in developing partnerships with Indigenous education experts
  2. demonstrate understanding of the impact of culture, cultural identity and linguistic background on the education of students from Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander backgrounds
  3. understand appropriate cultural protocols with respect to terms like 'Indigenous', 'local', 'traditional' and 'traditional owner' as they pertain to Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples
  4. develop skills to utilise appropriate teaching strategies for Indigenous learners
  5. demonstrate broad knowledge of, understanding of and respect for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples, histories, cultures and languages, to promote reconciliation between Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander and non-Indigenous Australians
  6. use this knowledge in developing teaching and learning strategies related to understanding Indigenous education.

Assessment

Lesson plan (1200 words, 30%)
Portfolio of learning tasks (2800 words, 70%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students (in non-placement weeks):

  • 1 hour lecture
  • 2 hour tutorial

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 3 hours of directed online activity
  • 6 hours of independent study per week

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prerequisites

Enrolment in pre-service teacher education qualification, Bachelor of Education or Graduate Diploma of Education, Bachelor of Adult Learning & Development or by special permission


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

The unit explores the growing emphasis on developing capacity in the workplace as a key platform of vocational education and training policy reform in Australia and overseas in recent decades. The unit will draw on workplace learning as it manifests within school curriculum as well as the ways in which teachers experience this in the school as workplace. Students will be introduced to the rationale for the introduction of vocational curriculums in schools and their connection to curriculum programs within them.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the social and economic rationale for the emphasis on vocational learning curriculums in schools
  2. critically evaluate the implications of vocational learning and competency-based curriculum on teaching and learning in schools
  3. identify the implications of such curriculums for developing workplace learning in schools and other settings
  4. locate the school as a site of workplace change and workplace learning and explore the role of schools with respect to that change and that learning.

Assessment

Critical evaluation of a vocational curriculum in schools (2000 words, 50%)
Reflection and analysis on workplace learning (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in pre-service teacher education qualification, Bachelor of Education or Graduate Diploma of Education


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Mr Nicholas Gamble

Synopsis

This unit aims to increase student's understanding of human development across the lifespan through the study of biological, perceptual, cognitive, personality, social and emotional changes from infancy to adulthood. Deviations from normal development will be covered within the field of developmental psychopathology. The content of the unit will reflect the view that human behaviour throughout life is multiply determined by the interaction of both environmental and constitutional influences and the context in which development occurs. Through student presentations and class discussion, students will be introduced to a number of current topics and contrasting developmental theories.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. acquire knowledge of the contemporary research, theoretical and applied issues in developmental psychology
  2. develop the skills necessary to critically appraise the current developmental literature and theories
  3. gain an appreciation of the value of informed group discussion in evaluating psychological research and ideas
  4. further develop their oral and written communication skills.

Assessment

Presentation of discussion paper (2000 words equivalent, 35%)
Essay related to discussion paper topic (2000 words, 40%)
Participation in class discussion (25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hour lecture per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

Successful completion of an Australian Psychology Accreditation Council (APAC) accredited major sequence in psychology.

Prohibitions

PSY4512


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Mr Nicholas Gamble

Synopsis

This unit includes a review of the important legislation for psychologists, professional organisations for psychologists, ethics committees and codes of professional conduct. It addresses issues of privacy, confidentiality, privilege and informed consent, professional responsibility in relation to competence, dual relationships and conflicts of interest, the role of the psychologist in court, ethical issues raised by having children as clients, ethical issues in the use of psychological tests, ethical issues in the provision of psychological services to people from a different cultural background, managing the suicidal client, ethical issues in reporting child abuse, the prediction of dangerousness, ethical issues pertaining to service delivery over the internet and by email and the ethics and responsibilities of supervision. Students will pursue a program of readings and assignments which direct attention to ethical, legal and social issues involved in psychological practice. These issues will cover relevant legislation, Australian Psychological Society (APS) and other codes of professional conduct for psychologists, registration requirements and some social ramifications of psychological practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the purpose of legislation relating to the practice of psychology and how to comply with such legislation, appreciate the role of ethics in maintaining the integrity and cohesiveness of the profession
  2. become familiar with the ethical principles to be adhered to in psychological practice
  3. understand the psychologist's responsibilities in relation to clients
  4. develop an appreciation of appropriate professional behaviour in a number of potentially complex situations
  5. develop decision making strategies to assist in the maintenance of ethical conduct.

Assessment

Essay on a contemporary issue in professional practice (1600 words, 40%)
Class presentation of ethical issues (800 words equivalent, 20%)
Examination (ethical and legal issues) (3 hours, 1600 words equivalent, 40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hour lecture per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

Successful completion of an Australian Psychology Accreditation Council (APAC) - accredited major sequence in psychology.

Prohibitions

PSY4504


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kate Jacobs

Synopsis

This unit will provide students with a theoretical overview of individual differences and how these may be assessed. The course of study will include the theoretical background to the development of classes of tests, detailed examination of a range of models of human ability and other individual difference issues. The different approaches to the design and construction of personality assessment tools will also be addressed. Test evaluation methods and a review of recent trends in test development theory will also be covered. The unit will also cover the administration, scoring and interpretation of a range of psychological tests and classification tools.

Outcomes

Upon completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a sound knowledge of the theoretical and historical basis of test development, particularly in relation to measures of ability and personality
  2. be able to decide on the appropriate assessment procedures necessary to undertake specific psychological classification
  3. possess the basic skills necessary to summarise the findings of psychological assessments in the form of a professional report
  4. appreciate the limitations of psychological assessment tools and how they can be misused.

Assessment

Weekly online quizzes (400 words equivalent, 10%)
Psychological report (2500 words, 50%)
Examination (2hours, 1100 words equivalent, 40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hour lecture per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

Successful completion of an Australian Psychology Accreditation Council (APAC) - accredited major sequence in psychology

Prohibitions

PSY4503


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Angelika Anderson

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the principles and procedures of applied behaviour analysis (ABA) in changing human behaviour. A range of behaviour change procedures to establish new behaviours, increase desirable behaviours and decrease undesirable behaviours are introduced. ABA typically employs single subject research methodology. This unit therefore introduces students to this technology, encompassing observational systems and single subject research designs. The unit also highlights the role of functional behavioural assessment procedures in the context of positive behaviour support (PBS) and the development of effective non-aversive behaviour reduction interventions. It outlines the basic issues in developing behaviour modification programs to change one's own behaviour: a process called self-management. The ethical and social validity issues around the implementation of behaviour change procedures are highlighted, specifically in relation to those involving interventions including aversive procedures.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. articulate the basic principles of ABA including their application to establish new behaviours, increase desired behaviours and diminish inappropriate behaviours
  2. describe behaviour in observational terms
  3. conduct reliable and valid behavioural observations and choose appropriate experimental designs for specific research questions
  4. discuss ethical and social validity issues concerning the choice of target behaviours and appropriate interventions for vulnerable populations
  5. implement a simple intervention to change personal behaviour and monitor and report its effectiveness.

Assessment

Case study (1600 words, 40%)
Discussion paper (1200 words, 30%)
Weekly quizzes (1200 words equivalent, 30 %)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hour lecture per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

Successful completion of an Australian Psychology Accreditation Council (APAC) accredited major sequence in psychology

Prohibitions

PSY4513


24 points, SCA Band 1, 0.500 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Full year 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Louise McLean

Synopsis

This unit covers all aspects of the conduct of research. Students undertake a study program in statistics and research design and under the guidance of a staff member plan an independent research project. This project involves designing research in relation to previous work on the topic of the study, gaining ethical approval for data collection or use of data, data gathering, data entry and analysis using appropriate statistical techniques or methodologies and the preparation of a research report and a literature review according to the specifications of the Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association (APA).

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. appreciate the role of scientific research in the field of psychology
  2. describe, apply and evaluate the different research methods used by psychologists
  3. describe the strategies and processes involved in program evaluation
  4. understand how to evaluate the validity of research conclusions
  5. collect, analyse and interpret data related to their independent research project
  6. correctly apply the appropriate statistical methods for designs commonly encountered in psychological research
  7. identify ethical issues that can arise in research in psychology and how these are to be addressed
  8. use an appropriate statistical package for analysing research data, such as the Statistical Package for the Social Sciences (SPSS)
  9. produce an assessable research project in a format consistent with the specifications of the Publication Manual of the American Psychological Association (APA)
  10. produce a literature review to an acceptable standard on the topic of their search.

Assessment

Research proposal - oral presentation (hurdle requirement)
Examination (2 hour short answer and multiple choice) and two short answer assignments on all topics covered in the statistics and research design program (4000 words equivalent, 15%)
and
Research project, written in APA format and presented as a report for assessment (report should include a substantial literature review and may take the final form of a traditional thesis, 9000-12000 words, 85%)
or
Literature review (4000-5000 words, 25%) accompanied by a report of the research presented in the format of a peer-reviewed scientific journal article (5000-7000 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 hour lecture per week
  • fortnightly tutorials in first semester

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week
  • each student also plans, carries out and writes up an individual research project under the supervision of a staff member. In conjunction with this, students undertake an extensive literature review in the area of their research. The research is conducted over two semesters.

Prohibitions

PSY4518


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Ms Christine Grove

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to a range of intervention models/theories used in counselling psychology and the assumptions on which they are based. Students will examine the theoretical bases of two approaches in depth.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. describe the origins and relevant current developments in counselling psychology
  2. develop the effective use of basic counselling skills
  3. describe relevant major psychotherapies
  4. understand the issues concerning efficacy and effectiveness of psychotherapies.

Assessment

Theoretical essay (2000 words, 50%)
Class presentation (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

Successful completion of an Australian Psychology Accreditation Council (APAC) - accredited major sequence in psychology


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedMonash Online Teaching Period 4 2014 (Online)

Synopsis

This unit orients students to the field of education, helping them to convey the academic ideas that they understand through their reading. Through the development of an annotated bibliography which responds to an education and sustainability-related challenge, students learn how to identify key ideas in an academic text and convey these in writing. The academic work of analysis is developed by building on the bibliographic entries and exploring the ideas conveyed in writing in particular contexts. In this way, students analyse ideas and identify their connections and relevance to concrete situations.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. conduct a review of academic literature in response to an education and sustainability-related thematic issue or question
  2. identify and synthesise key ideas
  3. analyse the ideas by applying them to a context of choice
  4. demonstrate familiarity with academic practices and conventions that support academic writing in the field of education.

Assessment

Annotated bibliography (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Contextual analysis (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week for six weeks (144 hours total per term) comprising:

(a.) Study schedule for online students:

  • 4 hours of directed online activities per week

(d.) Additional requirements:

  • 20 hours of independent study per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit develops students' capacities to convince others of their academic ideas. Its special focus is building an academic argument. Students are introduced to some key principles and approaches through which academic arguments are built by reviewing them in a range of sustainability-related texts. Students apply these features, present their academic argument, and give and receive constructive feedback, thereby gaining skills to strengthen their arguments.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify the features that support a solid academic argument
  2. evaluate the academic arguments presented in a selection of education and sustainability-related literature
  3. develop a convincing argument based on a selection of literature of choice
  4. give and receive constructive feedback on academic arguments
  5. demonstrate familiarity with academic practices and conventions that support academic engagement in the field of education.

Assessment

Oral presentation (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Oral response to feedback (1000 words equivalent, 25%)
Written response(s) to peers' oral presentations (1000 words equivalent, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week for six weeks (144 hours total per term) comprising:

(a.) Study schedule for online students:

  • 4 hours of directed online activities per week

(d.) Additional requirements:

  • 20 hours of independent study per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit encourages students to identify, investigate, understand, evaluate and debate contemporary issues in sustainability locally, nationally and globally. Key environmental issues around biodiversity and water are addressed as a way to orient students to issues of contemporary relevance in sustainability debates. The learning implications of these issues are highlighted as they are reviewed through related policy, case study and research materials. Implications for learning and professional practice are considered. Learning is enhanced through students' critical engagement with issues raised by them and their peers.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify, investigate and understand contemporary issues in environmental and sustainability education relevant to their roles and interests and work
  2. broaden their understanding of current sustainability debates through review of appropriate resources and shared peer learning
  3. communicate their developing views on sustainability in various forms
  4. apply the knowledge and understanding to their own learning and practice context.

Assessment

Sustainability review: engaging in ideas in a contemporary issue (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Case study: investigating the ideas raised in assignment 1 (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week for six weeks (144 hours total per term) comprising:

(a.) Study schedule for online students:

  • 4 hours of directed online activities per week

(d.) Additional requirements:

  • 20 hours of independent study per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit encourages students to identify, investigate, understand, evaluate and debate contemporary issues in sustainability locally, nationally and globally. Key environmental issues around food and social justice are addressed as a way to orient students to issues of contemporary relevance in sustainability debates. The learning implications of these issues are highlighted as they are reviewed through related policy, case study and research materials. Implications for learning and professional practice are considered. Learning is enhanced through students' critical engagement with issues raised by them and their peers.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify, investigate and understand contemporary issues in education relevant to their roles and interests and work
  2. broaden their understanding of education debates through appropriate resources and shared peer learning
  3. present their developing views on education in various forms
  4. demonstrate understanding of complexities in this field
  5. apply the knowledge and understanding to their own learning context and work.

Assessment

Portfolio 1 (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Portfolio 2 (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week for six weeks (144 hours total per term) comprising:

(a.) Study schedule for online students:

  • 4 hours of directed online activities per week

(d.) Additional requirements:

  • 20 hours of independent study per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Marianne Turner (First Semester); Dr Cynthia Joseph (Second Semester)

Synopsis

This unit orientates students to the field of education. It engages them with academic traditions and scholarly practices in the field of education at the postgraduate level. Students review academic texts and research papers which represent diverse standpoints in understanding education. Students examine how education researchers position themselves within the field in terms of different theories and understandings of education. Students develop capacities in critical reading, analysis and synthesis and use these to prepare their own well-crafted and well-supported academic arguments in written and oral forms. Through this unit, students explore a topic or theme of interest to them, critically review the evidence related to it and practise building an academic argument related to this theme.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify a range of standpoints that characterise some key ideas in the field of education
  2. critically read academic texts related to education research and identify the main theories and concepts which underpin these texts
  3. conduct a review of academic literature in response to a thematic issue or question
  4. build a convincing argument using education research and present this argument in both spoken and written form
  5. demonstrate familiarity with academic practices and conventions that support academic engagement in the field of education.

Assessment

Annotated bibliography (2400 words, 30%)
Oral presentation, 20 minutes (1600 word equivalent, 20%)
Critical essay (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Mr Damon Anderson (First Semester); Dr Dat Bao (Second Semester)

Synopsis

In this unit students are involved in identifying and investigating current contemporary issues in education through a variety of lenses that may include local, national, regional or global perspectives and emphases on school, adult or higher education learning, both formal and informal, depending on the interests of the student cohorts. The unit begins with the identification of issues at each of these spatial and sectoral levels, relevant to the students and their work and roles in education. Opportunities are provided for students to critically engage with theory, contemporary policy documents and accounts that are relevant to the issues they are investigating. Students further define key questions for investigation, gather appropriate data to research the issues and present and share in debates through peer-led forums. Through shared learning, the unit provides an orientation for students to a broad range of debates across education contexts and develops understanding of the complexities in this field.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify, investigate and understand contemporary issues in education relevant to their roles and interests and work
  2. broaden their understanding of education debates through appropriate resources and shared peer learning
  3. present their developing views on education in various forms
  4. demonstrate understanding of complexities in this field
  5. apply the knowledge and understanding to their own learning context and work.

Assessment

Critical essay on contemporary issues in education (4000 words, 50%)
Individual or shared oral presentation and written commentary (4000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Kerry Canty

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4840).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as secondary school teachers of accounting and related commerce studies. Students will acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of accounting and related curriculum. Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state, national and international contexts, students are familiarised with current developments in the theory and practice of accounting education. Students work independently, collaboratively, and interdependently to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of accounting and related subjects across Years 7 to 12
  2. select and evaluate appropriate teaching and learning resources for accounting and related studies
  3. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of accounting and associated studies
  4. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate the diverse range of learners in every classroom
  5. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communication technologies (ICTs), in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  6. employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor student learning and progress
  7. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching accounting and related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

An evaluative written assignment focusing on the role and importance of economics and business education (2000 words, 50%)
The selection of resources and design of teaching and learning activities (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in accounting

Prohibitions

EDF4111


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Kerry Canty

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4839).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to continue to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as secondary school teachers of accounting and related commerce studies. Students will further their understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of accounting and related curriculum. Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state, national and international contexts, students will gain deeper understandings of current developments in the theory and practice of accounting education. Students work independently, collaboratively and interdependently, to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of accounting and related studies across Years 7 to 12
  2. select and evaluate appropriate teaching and learning resources for accounting and related studies
  3. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of accounting and related studies
  4. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate the diverse range of learners in every classroom
  5. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communication technologies (ICTs), in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  6. create assessment tasks that are purposeful and relevant to the teaching and learning accounting program and the learning needs of students
  7. employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor and assess student learning and progress
  8. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching accounting and related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

A portfolio of assessment tasks (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
A teaching and learning plan (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4839 or EDF4111

Prohibitions

EDF4401


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Debra Panizzon (Day); Mrs Jacqueline Macreadie (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4842).

Synopsis

This unit prepares pre-service teachers to teach biology in secondary schools as a specialist in Years 11 and 12 and in the junior Years 7 to 10. The unit draws upon a constructivist theory of learning to explore the most appropriate ways of encouraging students to build their conceptual understandings of biological concepts. Linked to this, students will develop a range of pedagogical approaches in teaching biology. Importantly, pre-service teachers will be introduced to appropriate curricula (Years 7 to 12) so that they are confident in linking their teaching to the curriculum in preparation for the classroom. Throughout the unit students will be challenged to consider the key issues impacting biology education and how they might address them in their teaching. Students will be encouraged to think critically about teaching biology and recognise the importance of reflecting upon their own practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. articulate and apply their understanding of a constructivist perspective of learning in biology
  2. understand and apply state and national curricula in biology and their implications for planning teaching and learning
  3. link the everyday world of the learner with biology in ways that are meaningful and relevant
  4. demonstrate an awareness of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in teaching biology.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)
Reflective assignment (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in biological sciences (e.g. genetics, human biology, microbiology, botany and zoology).

Prohibitions

EDF4113


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Debra Panizzon (Day); Mrs Jacqueline Macreadie (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4841).

Synopsis

This unit builds upon the foundational unit providing pre-service teachers with further opportunities to explore and develop their pedagogical practices in biology. In particular students will consider the importance and value of investigations and fieldwork in teaching biology along with the possibililties offered by a range of online electronic resources. Pre-service teachers will consider the types and ranges of assessment in biology. An important component of this unit will be an increased focus on the need for biology teachers to think critically about their own practice and the degree to which it enhances the learning opportunities for all students. The valuable role of ongoing professional learning as one becomes part of the teaching profession will also be considered.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate confidence and skill in linking biology learning to the needs of learners in diverse contexts
  2. devise and implement a variety of assessment procedures to promote learning in biology
  3. plan and implement fieldwork for students that support learning in biology
  4. plan and implement investigations for students that support learning in biology
  5. engage in critical reflection as a professional teacher and understand contemporary trends in practice and research at the national and international level.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)
Class presentation (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4841 or EDF4113

Prohibitions

EDF4402


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Carly Sawatzki

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4844).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as secondary school teachers of business management and related commerce studies. Students will acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of business management and related curriculum. Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state, national and international contexts, students are familiarised with current developments in the theory and practice of business management education. Students work independently, collaboratively and interdependently to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of business management and related studies across Years 7 to 12
  2. select and evaluate appropriate teaching and learning resources for business management and related studies
  3. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of business management and related studies
  4. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate the diverse range of learners in every classroom
  5. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communication technologies (ICTs), in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  6. employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor student learning and progress
  7. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching business management and related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

An evaluative written assignment focusing on the role and importance of economics and business education (2000 words, 50%)
The selection of resources and design of teaching and learning activities (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

Two minor sequences selected from: business management/management studies, human resource management and/or marketing.

Prohibitions

EDF4111


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Carly Sawatzki

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4843).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to continue to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as secondary school teachers of business management and related commerce studies. Students will further their understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of business management and related curriculum. Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state, national and international contexts, students will gain deeper understandings of current developments in the theory and practice of business management education. Students work independently, collaboratively and interdependently to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of business management and related studies across Years 7 to 12
  2. select and evaluate appropriate teaching and learning resources for business management and related studies
  3. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of business management and related studies
  4. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate the diverse range of learners in every classroom
  5. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communication technologies (ICTs), in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  6. create assessment tasks that are purposeful and relevant to the teaching and learning program and the learning needs of students
  7. employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor and assess student learning and progress
  8. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching business management and related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

A portfolio of assessment tasks (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
A teaching and learning plan (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4843 or EDF4111

Prohibitions

EDF4427


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Ann Osman

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4848).

Synopsis

This unit aims to prepare students to teach chemistry in secondary schools and colleges both as a specialist unit in senior years (Years 11 and 12) and within the junior science curriculum (Years 7 to 10). A central focus of the unit is to assist pre-service teachers to build an understanding of the importance of developing an effective pedagogy for teaching chemistry through the use of critical reflection. The unit also aims to build an awareness of problematic chemistry content and evidence-based teaching approaches that better facilitate student conceptual understanding. Students will trial a wide variety of effective teaching strategies and be encouraged to build information and communication technology (ICT) skills and techniques essential for establishing a productive and engaging secondary science classroom.
The unit will highlight the importance of setting personal and professional goals and actively seeking professional learning programs that contribute to the ongoing improvement of one's professional classroom practice. Methods for assessing and monitoring student learning in chemistry will be introduced. The relationship between science, technology and society, the cultural context for chemistry, the nature of chemistry as a discipline, the values that underpin chemistry and the relevance of chemistry to students' lives will be a focus of this unit.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. use appropriate chemistry content for Years 7 to 12 that takes into account the intelligibility, plausibility and fruitfulness of this content
  2. use appropriate contexts for the teaching of chemistry content that accounts for the experiences and social and cultural backgrounds of their clientele
  3. select appropriate teaching strategies and support resources (human and material) for teaching chemistry
  4. select and use a range of teaching procedures that will foster motivation and purposeful, independent learning in their students
  5. critically understand the curriculum and pedagogy of chemistry education
  6. develop a philosophy for what chemistry teaching means
  7. develop an appreciation for the relationship between science, technology and society and the cultural context for chemistry
  8. demonstrate awareness of the barriers raised by traditional science and chemistry curricula
  9. value the practice of real-world chemistry
  10. develop as professionals that are knowledgeable, skilful, flexible and compassionate in their practice and who are guided by a sense of social and ethical responsibility.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Research assignment: learning and teaching chemistry (2000 words, 50%)
Learning log (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in chemistry or biochemistry

Prohibitions

EDF4113


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Ann Osman

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4847).

Synopsis

This unit builds upon EDF4847 Chemistry education in the secondary years A in preparing students to teach chemistry in secondary schools and colleges both as a specialist unit in senior years (Years 11 and 12) and within the junior science curriculum (Years 7 to 10). Pre-service teachers continue to build an understanding of the importance of developing an effective pedagogy for teaching chemistry through the use of critical reflection. An awareness of problematic chemistry content and evidence-based teaching approaches that better facilitate student conceptual understanding will be explored. Students will trial a wide variety of effective teaching strategies and be encouraged to build information and communication technology (ICT) skills and techniques essential for establishing a productive and engaging secondary science classroom.
The unit will highlight the importance of setting personal and professional goals and actively seeking professional learning programs that contribute to the ongoing improvement of one's professional classroom practice. Methods for assessing and monitoring student learning in chemistry will be explored further. The relationship between science, technology and society, the cultural context for chemistry, the nature of chemistry as a discipline, the values that underpin chemistry and the relevance of chemistry to students' lives will be a focus of this unit.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. use appropriate chemistry content for Years 7 to 12 that takes into account the intelligibility, plausibility and fruitfulness of this content
  2. use appropriate contexts for the teaching of chemistry content that accounts for the experiences and social and cultural backgrounds of their clientele
  3. select appropriate teaching strategies and support resources (human and material) for teaching chemistry
  4. select and use a range of teaching procedures that will foster motivation and purposeful, independent learning in their students
  5. critically understand the curriculum and pedagogy of chemistry
  6. develop a philosophy for what chemistry teaching means
  7. develop an appreciation for the relationship between science, technology and society and the cultural context for chemistry
  8. demonstrate awareness of the barriers raised by traditional science and chemistry curricula
  9. value the practice of real-world chemistry
  10. develop as professionals that are knowledgeable, skilful, flexible and compassionate in their practice and who are guided by a sense of social and ethical responsibility.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Chemistry education portfolio (2000 words, 50%)
Chemistry curriculum research project (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4847 or EDF4113

Prohibitions

EDF4403


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rachel Forgasz

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4852).

Synopsis

This unit will address the theory and practice of secondary school drama education. It is designed to introduce students to the skills and understandings of drama education and to prepare them for classroom teaching through the exploration of a range of theoretical, philosophical and pragmatic perspectives.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. take a critical position with respect to fundamental concepts in drama education
  2. begin to understand and critically interpret relevant curriculum documents
  3. plan purposefully for student learning in secondary drama contexts
  4. begin to understand and apply a variety of assessment strategies to evaluate diverse student learning and development in drama
  5. begin to enact a range of planning and teaching strategies in order to meet the needs of a diverse range of student learners, in a variety of practicum settings
  6. begin to adopt and enact a reflective approach to continuous professional development during the practicum.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Collaborative tasks (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Learning context tasks (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in drama, performance studies (drama) or theatrical theatre studies (including practical drama)

Prohibitions

EDF4110


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rachel Forgasz

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4851).

Synopsis

This unit will address the theory and practice of secondary school drama education. It is designed to develop students' skills and understandings as drama educators and to prepare them for classroom teaching through the exploration of a range of theoretical, philosophical and pragmatic perspectives.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. refine a critical position with respect to fundamental concepts in drama education
  2. critically implement the requirements of relevant curriculum documents
  3. independently plan for student learning in secondary drama contexts
  4. design and apply a variety of assessment strategies to evaluate diverse student learning and development in drama
  5. enact a range of planning and teaching strategies in order to meet the needs of a diverse range of student learners, in a variety of practicum settings
  6. adopt and enact a reflective approach to continuous professional development during the practicum.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Presentation tasks (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Research tasks (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4851 or EDF4110

Prohibitions

EDF4404


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Anita Forsyth

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4854).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as teachers of economics, consumer and financial literacies, enterprise, commerce and business related education in secondary schools. Students will develop an understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of economics and related curriculum. Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state (e.g. VCE economics), national (e.g. Australian Curriculum: economics and business) and international contexts (e.g. IB economics), students are familiarised with current developments in the theory and practice of economics education. Students work independently, collaboratively and interdependently to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically reflect on the debates and professional conversations about the role and importance of economics education in the secondary school curriculum in order to develop understandings related to their beliefs and their identity in regard to the subject economics and their teaching of this subject
  2. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of economics and related subjects across Years 7 to 12
  3. select and evaluate appropriate economics and associated studies teaching and learning resources
  4. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of economics and associated studies
  5. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate students which respond to the diverse abilities and interests of all learners
  6. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communication technologies, in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  7. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching economics and related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Evaluative written assignment focusing on the role and importance of economics education (2000 words, 50%)
The selection of resources and design of teaching and learning activities related to the teaching of a topic selected from post-compulsory economics curriculum (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in economics

Prohibitions

EDF4111


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Anita Forsyth

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4853).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to further develop and extend the learning undertaken in EDF4853 Economics education in the secondary years A. Students will continue to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as teachers of economics, consumer and financial literacies, enterprise and business related education in secondary schools. Students further their understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of economics and related curriculum. They will acquire knowledge and understanding of the nature and purpose of assessment, designing assessments that are purposeful and relevant to the teaching and learning economics program and the learning needs of students. Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state, national and international contexts students are further familiarised with current developments in the theory and practice of economics education. Students work independently, collaboratively and interdependently to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of economics and related subjects across Years 7 to 12
  2. select and evaluate appropriate economics and associated studies teaching and learning resources
  3. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of economics and associated studies
  4. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate students which respond to the diverse abilities and interests of all learners
  5. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communication technologies (ICTs), in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  6. use assessment tasks that are purposeful and relevant to the teaching and learning economics program and the learning needs of students
  7. employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor and assess student learning and progress
  8. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching economics and related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

A portfolio of assessment tasks (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
A learning and teaching plan including reflection (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4853 or EDF4111

Prohibitions

EDF4405


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Lilly Yazdanpanah

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4856).

Synopsis

This unit prepares student teachers for the teaching of English as an additional language (EAL) to the full range of non-English speaking background students, including recently arrived students with limited English language skills, international students and others in a range of EAL contexts. It looks at the nature of English and the theory and principles of second language pedagogy, along with factors having an impact on teaching and learning. Attention is paid to the sociocultural contexts of learning and the need for sensitivity to linguistic and cultural diversity in schools. With reference to current curriculum documents, policy and assessment protocols, pre-service teachers will learn to assess EAL learner needs, devise appropriate lessons to meet those needs and to select and adapt materials to work effectively to maximise the educational opportunities of all EAL learners. The teaching practice component of the course is a crucial part of developing such knowledge and skills and students will complete weekly activities to prepare for the placement, including the use of technology.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. access, adapt and develop materials and teaching activities and critically evaluate resources which meet the diverse needs and identities of EAL learners
  2. plan engaging lessons using communicative objectives and activities
  3. assess the language needs and work of EAL learners
  4. generate optimal conditions for language learning
  5. appreciate the diverse cultural and language backgrounds of EAL learners and demonstrate sensitivity to differences between learners' cultures and that of the wider Australian community.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Case study of an EAL learner (2000 words, 50%)
Annotated lesson plan (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in linguistics or a second language (i.e. not the teacher's first language)

Prohibitions

EDF4117


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jill Brown

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4855).

Synopsis

This unit builds on the contextual and pedagogical knowledge about EAL teaching from EDF4855 English as an additional language (EAL) education in the secondary years A. Students will link theory and practice with a view to deepening their competence to teach EAL in a range of settings, including intensive new arrival programs, EAL support programs in the mainstream, EAL programs targeting international students and team-teaching (where ESL teaching is taught in cooperation with a mainstream subject teacher). The course will cover all aspects of ESL teaching in a secondary setting, including VCE. Students will learn to assess EAL learner needs, devise appropriate units of work to meet those needs, adapt and create course materials and work effectively as part of a whole school program to maximise the educational opportunities of all EAL learners. The teaching practice component of the course is a crucial part of developing such knowledge and skills.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. select, adapt and generate materials and activities relevant to student need based on assessment
  2. plan engaging units of work linked to curriculum and best practice
  3. assess the language needs and work of EAL learners informally and formally
  4. critically evaluate EAL resources for classroom use
  5. use the diversity of EAL learners as a resource to plan for multilevel classes
  6. demonstrate an awareness of the need to collaborate with colleagues and the community to promote a whole-school approach to the language needs of EAL learners.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Annotated bibliography of curriculum materials (1500 words, 40%)
Development of a unit of work (2500 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4855 or EDF4117

Prohibitions

EDF4429


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Graham Parr (Day); Ms Sarah Rutherford (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4858).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as teachers of English, literature, literacy and related subjects in secondary school (Years 7 to 12). Students work collaboratively and interdependently to develop their skills and knowledge in planning and implementing curriculum materials in the area of English language. Students also learn to appreciate how language, in its various modes and uses, including those involving information and communication technologies (ICTs), mediates the learning of all young people across a range of curriculum areas and in their outside-school lives. Through an examination of a range of national and international education policies and the Australian Curriculum: English, students are familiarised with current developments in the theory and practice of English literacy education. The unit informs and facilitates students' active contributions to contemporary dialogue within the English teaching profession, drawing both on the rich traditions and exciting innovations in English education in Australia and internationally.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically reflect on their beliefs, ethical practices and experiences in regard to subject English and in regard to their teaching of this subject
  2. use, critically and creatively, a variety of communication strategies in different modes (including a range of ICTs) and in different teaching and learning contexts
  3. actively participate in professional conversations and debates about issues pertinent to English education
  4. inquire into and develop their professional identity as prospective teachers of English language, literature and literacy
  5. investigate the impact of recent language and literacy policy on curriculum, pedagogy, assessment and ethical issues in different subject areas
  6. enact and adjust as appropriate a variety of teaching strategies and practices that meet the needs of a diverse range of student learners, in a variety of settings and curriculum contexts.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

A critical autobiographical narrative, drawing in part on a practicum experience (2000 words, 50%)
A collaboratively designed unit of work focused on writing (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in English (literature or literary studies), or a minor sequence in writing, English language studies or linguistics together with a part in English (literature or literary studies).

Prohibitions

EDF4112


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Scott Bulfin (Day); Ms Sarah Rutherford (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4857).

Synopsis

This unit builds on EDF4857 English education in the secondary years A by extending pre-service students' capacities, as they continue to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as teachers of English, literature, literacy and related subjects in secondary school (Years 7 to 12). Students work collaboratively and interdependently to plan and implement appropriate curriculum in the area of English language. They also learn to appreciate how language, in its various modes and uses, including those involving information and communication technologies (ICTs) , mediates the learning of all young people in school and in their outside-school lives. Through an examination of a range of national and international education policies and the Australian Curriculum: English, students are familiarised with current developments in the theory and practice of English literacy education, with a particular focus on senior English curriculums. The unit informs and facilitates students' active contributions to contemporary dialogue within the English teaching profession, drawing both on the rich traditions and exciting innovations in English education in Australia and internationally.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically reflect on their beliefs, ethical practices and experiences in regard to subject English and in regard to their teaching of this subject
  2. use critically and creatively a variety of communication strategies in different modes (including a range of ICTs) and in different teaching and learning contexts
  3. actively participate in professional conversations and debates about issues pertinent to English education
  4. inquire into and develop their professional identity as prospective teachers of English language, literature and literacy
  5. investigate the impact of recent language and literacy policy on curriculum, pedagogy, assessment and ethical issues in different subject areas
  6. enact and adjust as appropriate a variety of teaching strategies and practices that meet the needs of a diverse range of student learners, in a variety of settings and curriculum contexts
  7. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching English in schools and other settings
  8. design and publish text-related tasks and artefacts for teaching a diverse range of students in schools and collaboratively plan accompanying professional learning activities that could be used with peers and/or professional colleagues in schools.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

An evaluative piece focusing on an experience of teaching writing on a practicum (2000 words, 50%)
Design of innovative curriculum materials (and professional learning activities) related to the teaching of text (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4857 or EDF4112

Prohibitions

EDF4406


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Stephen Keast (Day); Ms Joanne Burke (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4860).

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the language, methods and major ideas useful in contemporary science teaching and focuses on content, pedagogy and the interrelationships between them. It provides students with opportunities to develop their subject matter knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools and refine their attitudes through reflecting on their past, as well as providing new experiences. The unit will draw on concepts from constructivist theories of learning, pedagogical content knowledge and critical reflection. Furthermore, it reinforces a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of science
  2. translate conceptual ideas and processes about science into classroom learning activities for students
  3. develop an understanding of a constructivist perspective on learning and its implications and a variety of assessment techniques available for use in science education classrooms.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Research report (1000 words, 25%),
Interview and lesson plan (1000 words, 25%)
Reflective task (1000 words, 25%)
Classroom presentation (1000 words, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 - 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the remaining hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in general science and a minor sequence in one of biology, chemistry, earth science (geology), environmental science or physics together with a part in another of these areas of study.

Prohibitions

EDF4113


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Stephen Keast (Day); Mrs Karen Marangio (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4859).

Synopsis

This unit broadens students thinking about learning and teaching science by introducing them to ways of engaging learners in real world science. It provides students with the opportunity to develop their planning and teaching skills and emphasises the importance of reflection and continual development of teaching practice. This unit will draw on concepts from constructivist theories of learning, pedagogical content knowledge and critical reflection. Furthermore, this unit reinforces a view that learning and teaching science is more about creating a scientifically literate community than it is about content and correct answers.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. explore ways of facilitating students in their explorations of their own questions and investigations
  2. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work
  3. become sensitised to the real world of the learners in their classrooms and develop an appreciation for providing learning experiences that will be meaningful to students
  4. develop a personal approach to teaching science, through the exploration and experience of a variety of learning and teaching strategies.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Written assignment (1000 words, 25%)
Reflective task (1000 words, 25%)
Class presentation (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 - 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the remaining hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4859 or EDF4113

Prohibitions

EDF4420


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mr Michael Phillips (On-campus); Mr Stephen Cranby (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4862).

Synopsis

This unit aims to prepare students to become effective and knowledgeable specialist geography teachers. It develops pre-service teachers' understanding of current approaches and trends in geography education, nationally and internationally and how these impact on school-based and post-compulsory curriculum in geography. The unit will involve an examination of various strategies, resources, policies, activities and forms of assessment for geography education.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a critical understanding of contemporary approaches and trends in geography education in Australia
  2. understand the scope and purpose of school geography
  3. respond to current ideas about how students learn geography and apply them in their geography classes
  4. plan, resource, teach and assess geography lessons and activities
  5. develop units of work which meet the requirements of curriculum documents for Years 7 to 10 and the post-compulsory Years 11 and 12
  6. understand the role of geography both as a separate discipline and as part of an integrated curriculum.

Fieldwork

Fieldwork may be arranged by negotiation with students

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Lesson planning sequence (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Class presentation on teaching resources (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 hour workshop per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the remaining hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in geography

Prohibitions

EDF4118


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mr Michael Phillips (On-campus); Mr Stephen Cranby (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4861).

Synopsis

This unit aims to build on the understanding developed in EDF4861 Geography education in the secondary years A, to further prepare students to become effective and knowledgeable specialist geography teachers. It develops pre-service teachers' understanding of current trends and approaches in geography education, through a focus on the uses and applications of fieldwork, information and communication technologies, personal geographies, environmental and sustainability education, and civics and citzenship education. Students will be expected to critically examine school geography drawing on a range of national and international perspectives on geography curriculum, resources and assessment, and on learners of diverse backgrounds and abilities.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a critical understanding of contemporary approaches and trends in geography education in Australia
  2. respond to current ideas about the scope and purpose of school geography and apply them in their geography classes, e.g. in relation to ICTs, sustainability, citizenship and personal geographies
  3. plan, resource, teach and assess geography field activities
  4. effectively design geography education lessons that facilitate critical thinking, research, numeracy and literacy skills
  5. understand further the role of geography both as a separate discipline and as part of an integrated curriculum.

Fieldwork

Fieldwork may be arranged by negotiation with students.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Geography fieldwork guide (2000 words, 50%)
Preparation of a teaching unit (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 hour workshop per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the remaining hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4861 or EDF4118

Prohibitions

EDF4407


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Deana Leahy

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4864).

Synopsis

The aim of this unit is to provide a secondary teacher education method in health that has two foci: to explore human development content and curriculum in the school context and to develop teaching and learning skills including ethical knowledge for teaching health to Years 11 and 12.
Study in this unit is underscored by the need to develop an understanding of the complex nature of health as part of a social model and the methods for teaching related fields in science, education, society and politics in terms of the interrelationship of individuals and groups throughout the lifespan.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop a study plan in health and health education that elicits a deep and detailed knowledge pool for the purpose of teaching
  2. develop a critical position with respect to personal and cultural values as a construct of health
  3. design units of study pertaining to health education for students in Years 11 and 12.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

A collaboratively designed health education unit of work for secondary school students (2000 words, 50%)
Written assignment (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the remaining hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence study covering the areas of health, human development, family and nutrition.

Prohibitions

EDF4114


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Deana Leahy

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4863).

Synopsis

The aim of this unit is to provide a secondary teacher education method in health that has two foci: to explore new technologies for health education in the school context and to develop teaching and learning skills for teaching health across the school curriculum. Study in this unit is underscored by the need to develop an understanding of the complex nature of health and how this can be addressed across the curriculum. It also addresses teaching models related to experiential education and how this can support health educators to set up health promoting school programs that support individuals throughout their lifespan.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically analyse the importance of literacy, numeracy and oracy in the development of pedagogy in health education
  2. distinguish between knowledge acquisition and knowledge facilitation in health education
  3. explore the use of health informatics through multimedia.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Class presentation (2000 words, 50%)
Open book, take home examination (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the remaining hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4863 or EDF4114

Prohibitions

EDF4409


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rosalie Triolo (Day); Alexis Watson (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4866).

Synopsis

This unit introduces pre-service teachers to the teaching and learning of history as either a stand-alone discipline or an identifiable and rigorous component of an integrated program in either Australian or overseas school or wider educational settings. The unit is practice-based, research-informed and resource-rich. It embraces diverse histories, perspectives, pedagogies and technologies and prepares pre-service teachers to tailor history education experiences to meet their students' different learning, career, leisure and life needs.
The unit explores: pre-service teachers' personal philosophies and latest research on why to teach and learn about the past, multiple definitions of 'historical literacy', Australian Curriculum cross-curriculum priorities and general capabilities, Australian Curriculum: History and how it has been implemented by different government and other education authorities, civics and citizenship education and values education imperatives, strategies for engaging and purposeful lesson-planning and delivery, 'teaching by the textbook and the website', teacher-directed as well as student-centred questioning, English language proficiency and assisting students for whom English is another language when 'reading and writing' about the past, preparations for school placement, introductions to inquiry methodology, Gardner's 'multiple intelligences', Bloom's 'taxonomy' and de Bono's 'six thinking hats'.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. begin to develop their learners' study, career, leisure and life skills through the knowledge, skills, values, attitudes and behaviours associated specifically with the study of history
  2. begin to locate, create, use and evaluate history education resources in diverse forms incorporating diverse perspectives
  3. begin to articulate the research underpinnings of pedagogical models common to history education, such as inquiry methodology, and enact effectively such models in diverse learning settings
  4. begin to cater to learners' different needs through inclusive strategies and engaging and diverse teaching, learning and assessment activities, such as those in keeping with multiple intelligences theory
  5. begin to develop learners' abilities to demonstrate problem-solving capabilities in a variety of waysincluding creatively and collaboratively
  6. begin to facilitate learners' identification of links, similarities and differences between the past and the present and between the experiences of different cultures in different locations
  7. begin to develop learners' empathy, values, attitudes and behaviours consistent with informed and positive local and global citizenship.

Fieldwork

Fieldwork in history education settings (e.g. museums and galleries) may be arranged by negotiation with students.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

History lesson learning sequence (2000 words, 50%)
History in the media: class presentation (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 hour workshop per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in history

Prohibitions

EDF4118


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rosalie Triolo (Day); Alexis Watson (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4865).

Synopsis

This unit builds on EDF4865 History education in the secondary years A and continues to develop pre-service teachers' understandings and skills with regard to the teaching and learning of history as either a stand-alone discipline or an identifiable and rigorous component of integrated programs in either Australian or overseas schools or wider educational settings. The unit continues to be practice-based, research-informed and resource-rich.
The unit embraces diverse histories, perspectives, pedagogies and technologies, and prepares pre-service teachers to tailor history education experiences to meet their students' different learning, career, leisure and life needs. It explores advanced teaching, learning and assessment strategies with emphases on 'viewing', 'listening to' and 'visiting' sources of the past, important history education resource providers at state/territory, national and international levels, studies of Asia, Indigenous and sustainability imperatives, religious studies and their connections with history education, unit planning and delivery. The unit will also examinte the Victorian Certificate of Education histories and/or Australian Curriculum, history 'senior years' documents, securing employment as history/humanities school teachers or educators in non-school history education settings, history disciplinary or education professional communities that advocate and work for high quality history education experiences for students as well as educators and strategies for responding effectively to curriculum priorities and developments as they arise.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop their learners' study, career, leisure and life skills through the knowledge, skills, values, attitudes and behaviours associated specifically with the study of history
  2. locate, create, use and evaluate history education resources in diverse forms incorporating diverse perspectives
  3. articulate the research underpinnings of pedagogical models common to history education and enact effectively such models in diverse learning settings
  4. cater to learners' different needs through inclusive strategies and engaging and diverse teaching, learning and assessment activities
  5. develop learners' abilities to demonstrate problem-solving capabilities in a variety of ways, including creatively and collaboratively
  6. facilitate learners' identification of links, similarities and differences between the past and the present and between the experiences of different cultures in different locations
  7. develop learners' empathy, values, attitudes and behaviours consistent with informed and positive local and global citizenship.

Fieldwork

Fieldwork in history education settings (e.g. museums and galleries) may be arranged by negotiation with students.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

History resource guide (2000 words, 50%)
History unit outline (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2.5 hour workshop per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4865 or EDF4118

Prohibitions

EDF4408


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Henderson

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4868)

Synopsis

This unit enables students to understand the scope of information and communication technology (ICT) education in secondary school (Years 7 to 12). It provides students with opportunities to develop their knowledge and skills relevant to teaching ICT with a particular emphasis on the junior levels in secondary schools. This includes the use of technologies to represent understandings, conceptualise and manage ideas; to create and communicate; to engage critically with the impacts of technology on society and education; and to develop an understanding of the relationship between ICT curriculum content and pedagogy.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the scope of the ICT curriculum across secondary school levels
  2. plan, resource, teach and assess ICT lessons particularly in the junior levels at school
  3. develop units of work which meet the requirements of curriculum documents for Years 7 to 10
  4. recognise the centrality of literacy and numeracy for effective use of ICT
  5. identify current ideas about how students learn and some implications for their ICT classes
  6. understand the role of ICT both as a separate discipline and as part of an integrated curriculum
  7. identify professional learning needs through critical reflection of practicum experiences
  8. critically engage with issues and debates surrounding ICT in education, including health, ethical and legal implications.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

A unit of work for secondary school students with critical analysis (3000 words or equivalent, 75%)
Portfolio of resources for teaching and professional engagement (1000 words or equivalent, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in information technology

Prohibitions

EDF4115


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mr Michael Phillips

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4867).

Synopsis

This unit provides students with opportunities to continue developing their knowledge and skills relevant to teaching information and communication technology (ICT) but with a particular emphasis on senior levels in secondary schooling. This includes: the use of technologies to represent understandings, conceptualise and manage ideas, to create and communicate, to engage critically with the impacts of technology on society and education and to develop an understanding of the relationship between ICT curriculum content and pedagogy. The unit also considers how we can sustain professional learning and the role of the ICT teacher more broadly in the school and in shaping policy.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. plan, resource, teach and assess ICT lessons particularly in the senior levels at school
  2. develop units of work which meet the requirements of curriculum documents for the post-compulsory Years 11 and 12
  3. engage with current ideas about how students learn and apply them in their ICT classes
  4. develop ways in which ICT can support teaching and learning across the school curriculum, including engagement with parents/carers and the wider school community
  5. develop strategies to identify and meet ongoing professional learning needs
  6. engage with professional networks and participate in conversations and debates pertinent to ICT education
  7. understand the instrumental role ICT teachers can take in schools including professional learning of colleagues, management of technical services and strategic planning.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

A unit of work for secondary school students with critical analysis (3000 words or equivalent, 75%),
A sustainable system of engaging critically with resources, policy and networks for teaching and professional engagement (1000 words or equivalent, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4867 or EDF4115

Prohibitions

EDF4410


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4870).

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an introduction to theory and practice covering various disciplines which comprise Jewish Studies. The unit introduces students to a number of issues and themes that can help them to locate Jewish Studies in its broader global context and to appreciate the dynamics of Jewish schools and Jewish schooling. The unit also focuses on developing an understanding of various models of and approaches to the teaching of Jewish Studies.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of some key issues and themes relating to the theory and practice of Jewish education
  2. critically evaluate the appropriateness of different approaches to teaching Jewish Studies in particular educational contexts
  3. develop a range of techniques and strategies appropriate to the teaching of particular areas of Jewish Studies
  4. implement techniques and strategies and use a variety of resources to develop students' literacy, numeracy and information and communication technology (ICT) skills
  5. make appropriate judgments about the suitability and use of various teaching and learning materials and resources
  6. plan and teach sequences of Jewish Studies lessons from a selection of topics and areas.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Resources assignment (2000 words, 50%)
Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 hour seminar per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in Jewish studies within a tertiary degree or equivalent

Prohibitions

EDF4119


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4869).

Synopsis

This unit builds on the study in Semester 1 of EDF4869 Jewish studies education in the secondary years A. The primary purpose of this unit is to introduce students to the knowledge, skills, values and attitudes that underpin the teaching and learning of the various subject areas which fall under the generic heading of Jewish Studies. This unit deals with various topics, themes and issues related to the teaching of Jewish Studies in the secondary school. In addition to various pedagogical 'hands-on' aspects of teaching Jewish Studies, the unit will also deal with issues and themes of a more philosophical or theoretical nature.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. plan and teach sequences of Jewish Studies lessons
  2. develop a range of techniques and strategies appropriate to the teaching of particular Jewish Studies subjects
  3. apply information and communication technologies (ICTs) to the teaching of Jewish Studies subjects
  4. make appropriate judgments about the suitability and use of various teaching and learning materials and resources
  5. appreciate the relevance of Jewish educational research to the teaching of Jewish Studies
  6. apply knowledge from other units dealing with more general aspects of educational practice to the teaching of Jewish Studies.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

A unit of work in Jewish Studies (2000 words, 50%)
Reflective essay (2000 words, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 hour seminar per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4869 or EDF4119

Prohibitions

EDF4428


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Maria Gindidis

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4872).

Synopsis

This unit involves students in close examination of current research on first and second language theories linked to principles of optimal classroom pedagogy. Students will engage with global, national and Victorian policies and curriculum and assessment frameworks, and reflect on how these impact on decisions at the school and classroom levels related to the teaching and learning of languages. Students work collaboratively to explore intercultural contexts as they are realised through interaction with a range of spoken and written texts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. engage with and apply current language curriculum and policy developments and their classroom pedagogical implications
  2. explore intercultural contexts through interaction with spoken and written texts
  3. build knowledge about current curriculum, theories and practices in languages methodology
  4. articulate an emerging languages teaching philosophy
  5. review and utilise materials for the teaching and learning of languages.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Case study (2000 words, 50%)
Micro-teaching and written assignment (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) study in the language, which requires successful completion of Year 12 studies in the language for entry into the program. Native speakers of the language must seek a statement of equivalence from an Australian university, to verify that their knowledge and competence in the language meets the standard of a post-Year 12 study in the language (refer to student adviser for more information).

Prohibitions

EDF4117


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Anna Filipi

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4871).

Synopsis

This unit invites students to utilise second language acquisition research and curriculum design techniques for constructing lessons appropriate to learners' needs. Students develop an understanding of learning strategies in order to build effective practices to inform their teaching in second language competencies. They investigate and evaluate theoretical and practical links between disciplines, domains and literacies in order to better appreciate the importance of communication and how languages contribute to this educative process.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. translate theories of language learning into classroom learning activities for students
  2. develop a range of assessment techniques to meet the diverse needs of language learners
  3. use their understandings of language pedagogy to reflect critically on practice
  4. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work
  5. use, critically and creatively, a variety of language strategies that are appropriate to real-world and classroom second language use.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Investigation (2000 words, 50% overall):
(a.) issue related to classroom practice (1000 words, 25%)
(b.) annotated bibliography (1000 words, 25%)
A unit of work (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4871 or EDF4117

Prohibitions

EDF4411


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Margaret Fuary

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4874).

Synopsis

This unit explores current, local and international research on first and second language theories linked to P-12 principles of classroom pedagogy. Students are provided with foundations for effective teaching of languages within the perspective of the P-12 continuum. Students will develop a flexible and informed approach, selecting appropriate strategies for learner's linguistic and communicative needs. While the focus is mostly practical, emphasising the importance of planning and sequencing lessons, this unit links closely with research, and builds skills in the development of integrated units of work emphasising the importance of cross-curricular planning involving classroom teachers and communities of professional practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. engage with current and international languages and bilingual education curriculum and policy developments and their P-12 classroom pedagogical implications
  2. explore different approaches to languages teaching across P-12 classrooms
  3. translate theories of language learning into classroom learning activities for students
  4. develop a range of assessment techniques to meet the diverse needs of P-12 language learners
  5. use their understandings of language pedagogy to reflect critically on practice
  6. use, critically and creatively, a variety of language strategies that are appropriate to real-world and classroom second language use in P-12 classrooms.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Investigation: issue related to classroom practice (1000 words, 25%)
Annotated bibliography of multimedia languages materials (2000 words, 50%)
Micro-teaching and written assignment (1000 words, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) study in the language, which requires successful completion of Year 12 studies in the language for entry into the program. Native speakers of the language must seek a statement of equivalence from an Australian university, to verify that their knowledge and competence in the language meets the standard of a post-year 12 study in the language (refer to course adviser for more information).

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

EDF4117


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Margaret Fuary

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4873).

Synopsis

In this unit students will consider a range of factors that impact on the establishment of a languages program in their context and the integration of such a program within the larger P-12 school curriculum. While the focus further emphasises the importance of planning and sequencing lessons, it links closely with the research in EDF4871 and EDF4872 (Languages education in the secondary years 1A and 1B). It builds skills in the development of creating integrated units of work incorporating ICT and multimedia specific to student's languages method. Students investigate and evaluate theoretical and practical links between disciplines, domains and literacies in order to better appreciate the importance of communication and how second languages contribute to this process.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. further engage with current and international languages and bilingual education curriculum and policy developments and their P-12 classroom pedagogical implications
  2. further explore intercultural contexts through interaction with spoken and written texts
  3. develop a range of assessment techniques to meet the diverse needs of language learners
  4. use technology as a tool for lesson, unit and syllabus design to optimise student learning
  5. develop competence in planning and implementing units of work inclusive of multimedia materials
  6. analyse and reflect on aspects of classroom practice, including teacher and learner roles, the use of teaching materials and languages teaching technology.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Investigation: issue related to classroom practice (1000 words, 25%)
Unit of work integrating ICT and multimedia (2000 words, 50%)
Micro-teaching and written assignment (1000 words, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4873 or EDF4117

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

EDF4412


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Jim Ouliaris

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4876).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as secondary school teachers of legal and related studies. Students will acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of law-related curriculum. Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state, national and international contexts, students are familiarised with current developments in the theory and practice of legal studies education. Students work independently, collaboratively, and interdependently to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of legal and related studies across Years 7 to 12
  2. select and evaluate appropriate teaching and learning resources for legal and related studies
  3. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of legal and related studies
  4. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate the diverse range of learners in every classroom
  5. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communications technologies, in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  6. employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor student learning and progress
  7. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching legal studies and law-related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

An evaluative written assignment focusing on the role and importance of legal and related studies (2000 words, 50%)
The selection of resources and design of teaching and learning activities (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in legal studies

Prohibitions

EDF4111


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Jim Ouliaris

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4875).

Synopsis

This unit enables pre-service education students to build a strong foundation for their career-long professional learning as secondary school teachers of legal and related studies. Students will further their understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of law-related curriculum. Through an examination of a range of curricula drawn from state, national and international contexts, students will gain deeper understandings of current developments in the theory and practice of legal studies education. Students work independently, collaboratively, and interdependently to develop their capabilities in planning and implementing appropriate curriculum and pedagogy. The unit will reinforce a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of relevant discipline areas associated with the teaching and learning of legal studies and law-related studies across Years 7 to 12
  2. select and evaluate appropriate teaching and learning resources for legal and related studies
  3. set clear, challenging and achievable goals for students in their learning of legal and related studies
  4. design innovative teaching and learning procedures to engage and motivate the diverse range of learners in every classroom
  5. demonstrate a capacity to draw on a range of teaching approaches, including the use of information and communications technologies, in ways that align with pedagogical intentions
  6. create assessment tasks that are purposeful and relevant to the teaching and learning program and the learning needs of students
  7. employ accountable and theoretically grounded processes to monitor and assess student learning and progress
  8. critically evaluate their practicum experiences of teaching legal and related studies in schools and other settings.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

A portfolio of assessment tasks (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
A teaching and learning plan (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4875 or EDF4111

Prohibitions

EDF4413


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hazel Tan (Day); Mrs Jennifer Halliday (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4878).

Synopsis

This unit EDF4877 and the next unit EDF4878 explore the teaching and learning of mathematics in secondary schools. The units introduce students to the language, methods and major ideas useful in mathematics teaching, and focus on content, pedagogy and the interrelationships between them. Students are provided with opportunities to develop their subject matter knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools and refine their attitudes through reflecting on new and past experiences. The units are designed to prepare students to teach mathematics and consider the philosophy that underpins their teaching. Students are encouraged to develop an understanding of the subject discipline's place within secondary schools, at both junior level (Years 7 and 10) in this unit and senior levels (Years 11 to 12) in unit EDF4878. Together, the units emphasise a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of mathematics as a subject discipline in secondary schools
  2. translate conceptual ideas and processes about mathematics into classroom learning activities for students
  3. plan and design lessons and units of work that may be suitable for the diverse social and cultural backgrounds and experiences of students
  4. develop an understanding of a constructivist perspective on learning and its implications, and a variety of assessment techniques available, for use in mathematics education classrooms
  5. become sensitised to the real world of the learners in their classrooms and develop an appreciation for providing learning experiences that will be meaningful to students
  6. develop, through the exploration and experience of a variety of learning and teaching strategies, a personal approach to teaching mathematics.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)
Investigative task(2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in mathematics (statistics is accepted as mathematics provided it is taken within a mathematics department)

Prohibitions

EDF4116


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hazel Tan

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4877).

Synopsis

This unit EDF4878 and the previous unit EDF4877 explore the teaching and learning of mathematics in secondary schools. The units introduce students to the language, methods and major ideas useful in mathematics teaching, and focus on content, pedagogy and the interrelationships between them. Students are provided with opportunities to develop their subject matter knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools and refine their attitudes through reflecting on new and past experiences. The units are designed to prepare students to teach mathematics and consider the philosophy that underpins their teaching. Students are encouraged to develop an understanding of the subject discipline's place within secondary schools, at both senior level (Years 11 and 12) in this unit and junior levels (Years 7 to 10) in EDF4877. Together, the units emphasise a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of mathematics as a subject discipline in secondary schools
  2. translate conceptual ideas and processes about mathematics into classroom learning activities for students
  3. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work, including assessment strategies, that may be suitable for the diverse social and cultural backgrounds and experiences of students
  4. explore ways of facilitating students in their explorations of their own questions and investigations
  5. develop an understanding of a constructivist perspective on learning and its implications and a variety of assessment techniques available for use in mathematics education classrooms
  6. become sensitised to the real world of the learners in their classrooms and develop an appreciation for providing learning experiences that will be meaningful to students
  7. develop, through the exploration and experience of a variety of learning and teaching strategies, a personal approach to teaching mathematics.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Analysis task (2000 words, 50%)
Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4877 or EDF4116

Prohibitions

EDF4415


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Nishta Rosunee (day); Mr Brett Lamb (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4880).

Synopsis

This unit is designed to prepare specialist teachers of media studies. It will introduce students to current debates and trends in media education. Students critically explore the different justifications for teaching media studies in secondary schools, as well as the benefits and negatives of different approaches to teaching media studies (e.g. a more vocational, 'hands on' approach, as opposed to a more theoretical approach). Students will examine different approaches to teaching key media studies topics, including representation, narrative, new media and media production. Students will draw upon their knowledge of these topics to evaluate media studies teaching resources and design and implement individual lessons and assessment tasks for a range of levels and in accordance with state and national curriculum documents, including the VCE media studies study design.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the scope and purpose of media studies
  2. understand and critically evaluate different approaches to teaching media studies
  3. identify, evaluate and use different resources for teaching media studies across different year levels
  4. effectively plan and teach media studies lessons for Years 7 to 12 and for students of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  5. understand and implement effective assessment tasks for Years 7 to 12 media studies and for students of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  6. understand the unique ethical, safety and legal issues associated with the teaching of media studies in secondary schools and be able to develop procedures to respond to these issues.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Evaluation of teaching resources task (2000 words, 50%)
Lesson planning task (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in media studies

Prohibitions

EDF4112


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nishta Rosunee

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4879).

Synopsis

This unit is designed to prepare specialist teachers of media studies. It will further develop students' critical understandings of current trends in media education. Students will examine different approaches to teaching key media studies topics, including media industry, social values and the media, audience and media influence and media production. Students will draw upon their knowledge of these topics to design and implement sequential programs of lessons and assessment programs for a range of levels and in accordance with state and national curriculum documents, including the VCE media studies study design.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. further develop their understanding of the scope and purpose of media studies
  2. understand and critically evaluate different approaches to teaching media studies
  3. identify, evaluate and use different resources for teaching media studies across different year levels
  4. develop sequences of lessons that meet the requirements of curriculum documents for Years 7 to 10 and the post-compulsory Years 11 and 12
  5. understand and implement effective assessment programs for Years 7 to 12 media studies and for students of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  6. understand the unique ethical, safety and legal issues associated with the teaching of media studies in secondary schools and be able to develop procedures to respond to these issues.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Assessment design task (2000 words, 50%)
Unit of work (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4879 or EDF4112

Prohibitions

EDF4416


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Renee Crawford

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4882).

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the teaching and learning methods and major ideas useful in contemporary music education, particularly those that are essential for class music teachers. Further, this unit supports all music teaching and learning including that offered by instrumental specialist teachers. It provides students with opportunities to develop their subject matter knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools and also considers primary school music education from the viewpoint of the specialist music educator. Students will be encouraged to refine their attitudes through reflecting on their past, as well as providing new experiences. This is particularly pertinent for class music educators, many of whom are already experienced instrumental teachers and music professionals.
The unit employs a pedagogical approach that connects theoretical and experiential learning, understanding these embedded practices to be interrelated and interdependent. As part of this cycle of learning, students are expected to engage in planning, presenting and evaluating teaching sequences through critical reflection. Furthermore, it reinforces a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process. The focus on this unit concentrates primarily on lower and middle secondary school music. The following subject EDF4882 Music education in the secondary years 1B, will focus on senior secondary school music. It is considered appropriate to do this as many students will find themselves required to teach the majority of their first teaching placement classes in the secondary levels mentioned.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop an understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of music
  2. begin to translate conceptual ideas and practical processes about music and music engagement into classroom learning activities for students
  3. develop an understanding of practical and experiential learning and its implications for use in diverse music education situations
  4. begin to explore ways of facilitating students in their explorations of their own questions and investigations
  5. develop an understanding of curriculum and assessment in music education
  6. begin to develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work
  7. begin to develop a wide variety of learning and teaching strategies that support the connections between music theory and practice and formulate a personal approach to teaching music.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Reflective journal (2000 words, 50%)
Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in music which includes practical music or 36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in music together with AMEB Grade VI or year 12 practical music or 36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in music which includes practical music specialising in one or more musical instruments.

Prohibitions

EDF4110


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Renee Crawford

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4881).

Synopsis

This unit builds on the key ideas and methods in teaching and learning music introduced in EDF4881 Music education in the secondary years 1A. Further, this unit supports all music teaching and learning including that offered by instrumental specialist teachers. It provides students with opportunities to develop their subject matter knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools. The focus on this unit concentrates primarily on senior secondary school music. Students will be encouraged to refine their attitudes and approaches to music education through reflection and evaluation of both past and new experiences. This is particularly pertinent for class music educators, many of whom are already experienced instrumental teachers and music professionals. The unit employs a pedagogical approach that connects theoretical and experiential learning, understanding these embedded practices to be interrelated and interdependent. As part of this cycle of learning, students are expected to engage in planning, presenting and evaluating teaching sequences through critical reflection and analysis of pedagogical reasoning. Furthermore, it reinforces a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of music
  2. translate conceptual ideas and practical processes about music and music engagement into classroom learning activities for students
  3. develop an understanding of a performative, experiential perspective on learning and its implications and a variety of assessment techniques available for use in diverse music education situations
  4. develop an understanding of senior secondary curriculum and assessment in music education
  5. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work
  6. expand their understanding of the diversity of learnings and musics experienced by their students, colleagues and peers to inform their presentation of meaningful and engaging learning experiences
  7. acquire an understanding of holistic learning and teaching including the wide variety of learning and teaching strategies that support the connections between music theory and practice in developing a personal approach to teaching music.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)
Class presentation (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4881 or EDF4110

Prohibitions

EDF4417


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Louise Jenkins

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4884).

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the teaching and learning methods and major ideas useful in contemporary music education, particularly those that are essential for class music teachers. It expands the knowledge and understandings developed in EDF4881 and EDF4882 (Music education in the secondary years 1A and 1B). In particular, the unit explores issues and practices that surround the effective school music educator such as the establishment and management of school music departments and the teaching, conducting and management of school performance ensembles (bands, choirs, orchestras and myriad ensemble arrangements). The unit considers the support that must be provided for all music teaching and learning in educational environments including that offered by instrumental specialist teachers. It focuses on the interrelationships and interdependencies between school music classroom teaching and learning and music performance practices. Students will be encouraged to share their past experiences in these areas, by reflecting on their own past, they may build a better understanding and basis for future practice as educators. This is particularly pertinent as most students will already be experienced instrumental teachers and music professionals. It will also reposition students as novice learners of unfamiliar instruments (classroom recorder, guitar, keyboards, etc.) to explore effective teaching and learning and to develop recognition of the importance of the vital connections between theory and practice. In addition, there will be discussion of the tensions inherent in advocacy issues for music both within and beyond the school.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. acquire a sound understanding of significant issues that surround effective teaching and learning in music, particularly school music departments
  2. develop the understandings and skills to plan, present and manage school music ensembles and performances
  3. develop the skills and understandings to enable them to teach class instrumental music, at all times linking theory to practice
  4. develop an understanding of the challenges of positioning music within the school and the wider community.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)
Class presentation (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in music which includes practical music or 36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in music together with AMEB Grade VI or year 12 practical music or 36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in music which includes practical music specialising in one or more musical instruments.

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

EDF4110


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Louise Jenkins

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4883).

Synopsis

This unit further develops the understandings of teaching and learning methods and major ideas useful in contemporary music education. It expands the knowledge and understandings developed in EDF4883 Music education in the secondary years 2A. In particular, the unit explores major music methodologies such as Kodaly, Dalcroze, Yamaha and Suzuki and the possible application of these methodologies to the secondary classroom. Students will be encouraged to share their past experiences in these methodologies, by reflecting on their own past, they may build a better understanding and basis for future practice as educators. The unit employs a pedagogical approach that connects theoretical and experiential learning, understanding these embedded practices to be interrelated and interdependent. This experiential learning will be furthered by the students' involvement in a class musical production, the components of which will have been developed by the students themselves. Through the process of planning for and rehearsing the production, the students will experience directly the process that their own secondary school students will experience in the preparation of a school musical production.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. acquire a sound understanding of significant issues that surround effective teaching and learning in music, particularly school music departments
  2. develop the understandings and skills to plan, manage and present a school musical production
  3. expand their understanding of experiential music teaching and learning and reflect on supporting practices that can enhance school music education
  4. develop an understanding of various crucial music education methodologies and the skills to incorporate elements of these methodologies in the secondary classroom
  5. expand their understanding of the diversity of strategies, pedagogies and disciplines that will inform their work as music educators.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)
Class presentation (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4883 or EDF4110

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

EDF4418


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Miss Catherine Edwards

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4886).

Synopsis

This unit prepares students to teach school outdoor education from Years 7 to 12. The unit will introduce students to the historical, philosophical, experiential and environmental foundations of outdoor education and how these shape professional practice and student learning. A focus for this unit will be on students developing competencies and skills in professional knowledge and professional practice. The unit will encourage students to reflect critically upon their experiences of learning, leading and teaching in outdoor education. Students will be provided with opportunities, in class and/or via related professional experience (teaching practicums) to consolidate their content knowledge, develop subject matter and pedagogical content knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate and explain the historical, philosophical, experiential and environmental foundations of outdoor education
  2. justify the purposes and rationale for teaching outdoor education in the curriculum
  3. develop content, design and plan lessons, units of work and curriculum that are developmentally appropriate
  4. demonstrate and develop knowledge of a range of resources and teaching/learning activities which support student learning and engagement
  5. critically reflect upon and evaluate their teaching experiences in outdoor education in a school environment.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Assessment 1 (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment 2 (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 contact hours per semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per semester

Prerequisites

Major study (48 credit points) in outdoor education, which includes environmental studies and outdoor recreational activities. A current first aid certificate (Emergency First Aid Level 2) is required.

Prohibitions

EDF4114


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Phillip Payne

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4885).

Synopsis

This unit prepares students to teach school outdoor education from Years 7 to 12 with a particular emphasis on VCE Outdoor Environmental Studies. The unit will critically introduce students to the historical basis of the outdoor education curriculum and how these shape contemporary professional practice and student learning. It will encourage students to reflect critically upon their experiences of learning and teaching in outdoor education, and will be used to develop and refine their educational philosophy. Students will be provided with opportunities, in class and via related professional experience (teaching practicums) to consolidate their content knowledge, develop curricula and refine their pedagogic skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. explain the historical, philosophical, experiential and environmental foundations of outdoor education curriculum
  2. examine and justify the distinctive purposes and rationale for teaching VCE Outdoor Environmental Studies
  3. critically reflect on their beliefs, attitudes and experiences of outdoor education with regard to developing an educational philosophy appropriate to curriculum inquiry and critique
  4. develop, design and plan lessons, units of work and curriculum content appropriate for outdoor education
  5. critically examine the impact of contemporary issues on policy, curriculum and pedagogy that impacts upon outdoor education
  6. develop, discuss and incorporate specific assessment practices that are appropriate for outdoor education
  7. critically assess their professional readiness and needs to effectively understand and successfully implement key curriculum documents in outdoor education in a school environment.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Assessment 1 (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment 2 (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 contact hours per semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per semester

Prerequisites

EDF4885 or EDF4114

Prohibitions

EDF4422


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Hannah Blank

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4888).

Synopsis

This unit prepares students to teach school physical education from Years 7 to 12. It provides students with the historical, philosophical and experiential foundations of physical education and how these have shaped and continue to shape contemporary perspectives, paradigms of practice and student learning in physical and movement culture. A focus for this unit will be on students developing competencies and skills in professional knowledge and professional practice. Students will be provided with opportunities, in class and/or via related professional experience (teaching practicums) to consolidate their content knowledge, develop subject matter and pedagogical content knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate and explain the historical, philosophical and experiential foundations of physical education
  2. justify the purposes and rationale for teaching physical education in the curriculum
  3. develop content, design and plan lessons, units of work and curriculum that are developmentally appropriate
  4. demonstrate and develop knowledge of a range of resources and teaching/learning activities which support student learning and engagement
  5. develop, discuss and incorporate various physical education specific assessment and reporting practices.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Assessment 1 (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment 2 (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 contact hours per semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per semester

Prerequisites

A major and minor sequence (total of 72 credit points) of study in physical education which should include discipline study in human movement (e.g. anatomy, physiology, exercise physiology, biomechanics, growth and motor development, skill acquisition and psycho-social aspects of physical activity), health and nutrition and study in the skill activity areas of fundamental motor skills, ball handling, dance, games, fitness education, athletics, aquatics and sport education.
A current first aid certificate (Emergency First Aid Level 2) and current AustSwim Teacher of Swimming and Water Safety certificate are required.

Prohibitions

EDF4114


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4887).

Synopsis

This unit builds on physical education concepts and knowledge from the previous semester. It provides students with a continuing intellectual, theoretical and practical framing of secondary physical education, enabling students to become critically reflective and informed professionals. The focus for this unit will be on students consolidating their physical education specific professional knowledge and professional practice, while identifying and engaging in professional learning for improved practice and student learning. Students will be provided with opportunities, in class and/or via related professional experience (teaching practicums) to consolidate their content knowledge, develop subject matter and pedagogical content knowledge and skills relevant to teaching in secondary schools.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop, design and plan lessons, units of work and curriculum appropriate for senior physical education
  2. consolidate their understanding of professional knowledge and professional practice in physical education
  3. examine the impact of contemporary issues on policy, curriculum and pedagogy facing physical education and teachers of physical education
  4. develop an insight into the importance of professional learning and engagement in a changing society
  5. critically reflect and evaluate their teaching experiences in physical education in a school environment.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Assessment 1 (2000 words, 50%)
Assessment 2 (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 144 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 24 contact hours per semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per semester

Prerequisites

EDF4887 or EDF4114

Prohibitions

EDF4423


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mr Greg Lancaster

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4890).

Synopsis

This unit is the first of two units which aim to prepare pre-service teachers to teach physics in secondary schools and colleges both as a specialist subject in senior years (Years 11 and 12) and within the junior science curriculum (Years 7 to 10). A central focus of this first unit is to assist pre-service teachers to build an understanding of the importance of developing an effective pedagogy for teaching physics through the continual use of critical self-reflection. The unit also aims to build an awareness of problematic physics content and evidence-based teaching approaches that successfully facilitate student conceptual understanding. Pre-service teachers will also be encouraged to trial a wide variety of teaching strategies and to build information and communication technology (ICT) skills and techniques considered essential for establishing a productive and engaging secondary classroom.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. interpret, critique and implement the language, content and assessment methods in the senior physics curriculum documents useful in contemporary physics teaching in secondary schools and colleges
  2. develop a capacity and confidence to effectively communicate their physics knowledge using a range of appropriate methods, while planning lessons which encourage purposeful and critical thinking in their students
  3. access and develop a diverse range of effective teaching strategies useful in physics and general science education and design engaging activities suitable for the diverse social and cultural backgrounds of their prospective students
  4. demonstrate an understanding of a range of common alternate conceptions frequently held by students and encountered when teaching key physics topics.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Research report (1000 words, 25%)
Interview and lesson plan (1000 words, 25%)
Reflective journal and discussion problems (1000 words, 25%)
Class multimedia presentation (1000 words equivalent, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in physics (includes electronics)

Prohibitions

EDF4113


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mr Greg Lancaster

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4889).

Synopsis

This unit is the second of two units which aim to prepare pre-service teachers to teach physics in secondary schools and colleges both as a specialist unit in senior years (Years 11 and 12) and within the junior science curriculum (Years 7 to 10). A central focus of the second unit is to assist pre-service teachers to develop their capacity and confidence to effectively communicate their physics knowledge using a range of appropriate teaching strategies, while encouraging purposeful and critical thinking in their students.The unit also aims to build an awareness and confidence in each pre-service teacher to design a variety of authentic assessment and monitoring procedures aimed at evaluating the effectiveness of their students to achieve the intended learning objectives of the local senior physics curriculum framework. Pre-service teachers will also research and design a unit of work suitable for teaching a senior physics topic and critally reflect on their own professional practice and its importance for effecting continuous improvement. The unit will highlight the importance of setting personal and professional goals and actively seeking professional learning programs that contribute to the ongoing improvement of one's professional classroom practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. interpret, critique and implement the language, content and assessment methods in the senior physics curriculum documents useful in contemporary physics teaching in secondary schools and colleges
  2. develop a capacity and confidence to effectively communicate their physics knowledge using a range of appropriate methods, while planning lessons which encourage purposeful and critical thinking in their students
  3. access and develop a diverse range of effective teaching strategies useful in physics and general science education and design engaging activities suitable for the diverse social and cultural backgrounds of their prospective students
  4. research and design a unit of work suitable for teaching a topic from their local senior physics curriculum and critically reflect on their own professional practice and its importance for effecting continuous improvement
  5. access and employ a variety of authentic assessment and monitoring procedures aimed at evaluating the success of students to meet the intended learning outcomes of the lesson and physics curriculum framework.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Written assignment (1000 words, 25%)
Reflective journal and discussion problems (1000 words, 25%)
Preparation of a unit of work (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4889 or EDF4113

Prohibitions

EDF4419


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Karen Marangio

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4892).

Synopsis

This unit explores the teaching and learning of psychology in secondary schools. It is designed to prepare students to teach psychology and consider the philosophy that underpins their teaching. It encourages students to consider the purpose of teaching psychology in schools and develop an understanding of the subject discipline's place within secondary schools, at senior level (Years 11 and 12) and junior level (Years 7 to 10), including within the science domain and links to other domains such as health and humanities. It emphasises a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. appreciate the nature and scope of psychology as a subject discipline in secondary schools
  2. be familiar with the curricula policies related to teaching of psychology, both nationally and internationally
  3. follow ethical guidelines when teaching psychology and plan responsibly, especially when carrying out research investigations and teaching potentially sensitive or controversial topics
  4. acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of psychology
  5. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work, including assessment strategies, that embrace the diverse social and cultural backgrounds and personal experiences of students
  6. select and utilise appropriate resources, including drawing on current local or global issues, popular media to create effective learning activities that may incorporate information and communication technology (ICT) to suit the school context and the students' learning needs
  7. inspire learners of psychology to foster an interest in and positive attitude toward the understanding of human mental processes and behaviours
  8. value the links between psychological understandings, the 'real world' and students' everyday lives and consider what it means to be a psychologically literate citizen in today's society
  9. work collaboratively with peers to help articulate the pedagogical issues, consider different perspectives and understand that learning to teach is a social endeavour
  10. reflect critically on the development of their own teaching and learning to teach psychology.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Alternative conceptions (2000 words, 50%)
Reflective journal (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in psychology

Prohibitions

EDF4113


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Karen Marangio

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4891).

Synopsis

This unit builds on EDF4891 Psychology education in the secondary years A as it continues to explore the teaching and learning of psychology in secondary schools. It is designed to prepare students to teach psychology and consider the philosophy that underpins their teaching. It continues to encourage students to consider the purpose of teaching psychology in schools and psychology's place within secondary schools and focuses more on electronic assessment, debate, learning spaces and information technologies this semester. It emphasises a view of learning about teaching as an ongoing, collaborative process that is developed through critical reflection on experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. appreciate the nature and scope of psychology as a subject discipline in secondary schools
  2. be familiar with the curricula policies related to teaching of psychology, both nationally and internationally
  3. follow ethical guidelines when teaching psychology and plan responsibly, especially when carrying out research investigations and teaching potentially sensitive or controversial topics
  4. acquire a sound understanding of key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of psychology
  5. develop competence in planning and implementing lessons and units of work, including assessment strategies, that embrace the diverse social and cultural backgrounds and personal experiences of students
  6. select and utilise appropriate resources, including drawing on current local or global issues, popular media to create effective learning activities that may incorporate information and communication technology (ICT) to suit the school context and the students' learning needs
  7. inspire learners of psychology to foster an interest in and positive attitude toward the understanding of human mental processes and behaviours
  8. value the links between psychological understandings, the 'real world' and students' everyday lives and consider what it means to be a psychologically literate citizen in today's society
  9. work collaboratively with peers to help articulate the pedagogical issues, consider different perspectives and understand that learning to teach is a social endeavour
  10. reflect critically on the development of their own teaching and learning to teach psychology.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Class presentation (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Written assignment (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4891 or EDF4113

Prohibitions

EDF4424


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Tudball (On-campus); Ms Angela Dawson (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4894).

Synopsis

This unit aims to prepare students to become effective and knowledgeable social education teachers. Students will be able to critically explore different approaches to teaching social education in Years 7 to 12. The unit will involve an examination of various strategies, resources, activities and forms of assessment for teaching different areas of the social education curriculum, including civics and citizenship, history, geography, politics, international studies, sociology, cultural studies, studies of Asia, and sustainability that are taught in diverse ways in schools. Students will also critically examine relevant state and national curriculum documents.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a critical understanding of contemporary trends in, and approaches to, social education teaching in Australia
  2. identify, evaluate and use different resources for teaching social education
  3. effectively plan and teach social education lessons across different year levels and for students of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  4. develop units of work that meet the requirements of curriculum for Years 7 to 10 and the post-compulsory Years 11 and 12
  5. understand and implement effective assessment programs for Years 7 to 12 social education and for students of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  6. effectively design social education lessons that integrate information and communication technologies
  7. effectively design social education lessons that facilitate critical thinking, research, numeracy and literacy skills.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Annotated bibliography of teaching resources (2000 words, 50%)
Lesson planning task (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

A minor sequence in a social science area, e.g. anthropology, cultural studies, economics, environmental studies, geography, history, legal studies, philosophy, politics, sociology, together with a part in another of these areas of study.

Prohibitions

EDF4118


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Elizabeth Tudball (Day); Ms Angela Dawson (Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4893).

Synopsis

This unit aims to build on the understanding developed in EDF4893 Social education in the secondary years A, to further prepare students to become effective and knowledgeable social education teachers. Students will be able to critically explore different approaches to teaching social education in Years 7 to 12. The unit will involve an examination of various strategies, resources, activities and forms of assessment for teaching different areas of the social education curriculum. Students will also critically examine national curriculum documents and explore examples of social education internationally, to prepare them to be teachers in other global contexts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a critical understanding of contemporary trends in, and approaches to, social education teaching in Australia and internationally
  2. identify, evaluate and use different resources for teaching social education
  3. effectively plan and teach social education lessons across different year levels and for students of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  4. develop units of work that meet the requirements of curriculum documents for Years 7 to 10 and the post-compulsory Years 11 and 12, in either Australian or another global curriculum
  5. understand and implement effective assessment programs for Years 7 to 12 social education and for students of diverse backgrounds and abilities
  6. effectively design social education lessons that integrate information and communication technologies (ICTs)
  7. effectively design social education lessons that facilitate critical thinking, research, numeracy and literacy skills.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Assessment design task (2000 words, 50%)
Unit of work (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4893 or EDF4118

Prohibitions

EDF4421


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Nishta Rosunee (on-campus); Dr Chris Peers (off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4896).

Synopsis

This unit is designed to enable pre-service teachers to develop skills in lesson planning and to confidently approach their initial pre-service classroom experiences. It builds understanding of the ways in which visual art and design pedagogy can be considered in practical terms and the corresponding nature of professional identity for the specialist art and design teacher. The emphasis is on exploring classroom practice and curriculum design, offering students opportunities to identify with the professional responsibilities specific to learning and teaching in the disciplines that inform visual art and design curriculum practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the structural issues relevant to lessons and units of work in visual art and design
  2. critically determine and select appropriate content for units of work in visual art and design
  3. devise relevant tasks and activities for teaching and learning in visual art and design
  4. identify important pedagogical issues in visual art and design educational theory
  5. apply critical theoretical and conceptual issues to the evaluation of specific examples of visual art and design curriculum practice.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Unit of work (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Reflective task (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in relevant area(s) of visual arts (e.g. photography, sculpture, drawing, ceramics, multimedia) which includes at least one quarter of a year of practical art content.

Prohibitions

EDF4110


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nishta Rosunee

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4895).

Synopsis

This unit builds on coursework undertaken in EDF4895 Visual art and design education in the secondary years 1A. It enables pre-service visual art and design teachers to build skills in curriculum design through teaching studio-based practice. It explores a range of issues with respect to classroom pedagogy in the visual arts that are specific to aesthetic education, including a discussion of the interdisciplinary relationships between artists, designers and teachers and their impact for conceptions of student experience.The unit takes students into a deeper experience of curriculum theory especially as it has developed through reform of the dominant curriculum models in the visual arts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the structural issues relevant to lessons and units of work in visual art and design
  2. critically determine and select appropriate content for units of work in visual art and design
  3. devise relevant tasks and activities for teaching and learning in visual art and design
  4. identify important pedagogical issues in visual art and design educational theory
  5. apply concepts drawn from discipline-based art education (DBAE) and other relevant curriculum models, with critical theoretical and conceptual issues, to the evaluation of specific examples of visual art and design curriculum practice.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Reflective task (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Research task (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4895 or EDF4110

Prohibitions

EDF4425


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Peers

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF4898).

Synopsis

This unit provides pre-service art teachers with a heightened sense of the connections between the knowledge disciplines which inform visual art curriculum. It enables students to build skills around the development of art historical and art critical knowledge, such as research and unit preparation. The tasks involved in this unit will also enable students to learn about museum activities and the design of museum experiences for secondary school art and design students. The unit provides a rudimentary introduction to art historiography and pedagogical strategies relevant to art history and art criticism that lead students back to studio practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the structural issues relevant to discipline-based knowledge in the visual arts
  2. critically determine and select appropriate art historical and art critical tasks
  3. devise relevant tasks and activities for museum education in the visual arts and design fields
  4. identify important pedagogical strategies in visual art and design
  5. apply critical theoretical and conceptual issues to specific examples of visual art and design curriculum practice.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Research task (2000 words, 50%)
Research essay (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

36 credit points (with at least 12 points at each of levels two and three) in relevant area(s) of visual arts (e.g. photography, sculpture, drawing, ceramics, multimedia) which includes at least one quarter of a year of practical art content.

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

EDF4110


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelUndergraduate, Postgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Chris Peers

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF4897).

Synopsis

This unit builds on coursework undertaken in EDF4897 Visual art and design education in the secondary years 2A. It enables pre-service visual art and design teachers to build skills in curriculum design through teaching studio-based practice. It explores a range of issues with respect to classroom pedagogy in the visual arts that are specific to aesthetic education, including a discussion of the interdisciplinary relationships between artists, designers and teachers and their impact for conceptions of student experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand relevant structural issues to curriculum evaluation in visual art and design
  2. critically determine and select appropriate assessment mechanisms in visual art and design
  3. consider conceptual problems relevant to the challenge of aesthetic education
  4. identify important pedagogical and aesthetic issues in visual art and design educational theory
  5. apply critical theoretical and conceptual issues to specific examples of visual art and design curriculum practice.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)

Reflective task (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Research task (2000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF4897 or EDF4110

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

EDF4426


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing the professional experience placements within the Master of Teaching (Secondary) course. This is the first of six professional experience units.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have completed 10 days of practicum and the activities specified in the Master of Teaching (Secondary) Professional Placements manual.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Satisfactory completion of 10 days of supervised professional placement

Workload requirements

Students undertake 10 days of professional experience over the semester

Co-requisites

This unit must be a corequisite with at least 12 credit points in the Master of Teaching (Secondary), for example: at least one of units EDF5806, EDF5807, EDF5808, EDF5809.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing the professional experience placements within the Master of Teaching (Secondary) course. This is the second of six professional experience units.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have completed 15 days of practicum and the activities specified in the Master of Teaching (Secondary) Professional Placements manual.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Satisfactory completion of 15 days of supervised professional placement

Workload requirements

Students undertake 15 days of professional experience over the semester.

Co-requisites

This unit must be a corequisite with at least 12 credit points in the Master of Teaching (Secondary), for example: at least one of units EDF5806, EDF5807, EDF5808, EDF5809.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Berwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing the professional experience placements within the Master of Teaching (Secondary) course. This is the third of six professional experience units.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have completed 10 days of practicum and the activities specified in the Master of Teaching (Secondary) Professional Placements manual.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Satisfactory completion of 10 days of supervised professional placement

Workload requirements

Students undertake 10 days of professional experience over the semester.

Co-requisites

This unit must be a corequisite with at least 12 credit points in the Master of Teaching (Secondary), for example: at least one of units EDF5806, EDF5807, EDF5808, EDF5809.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing the professional experience placements within the Master of Teaching (Secondary) course. This is the fourth of six professional experience units.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have completed 15 days of practicum and the activities specified in the Master of Teaching (Secondary) Professional Placements manual.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Satisfactory completion of 15 days of supervised professional placement

Workload requirements

Students undertake 15 days of professional experience over the semester.

Co-requisites

This unit must be a corequisite with at least 12 credit points in the Master of Teaching (Secondary), for example: at least one of units EDF5806, EDF5807, EDF5808, EDF5809.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing the professional experience placements within the Master of Teaching (Secondary) course. This is the fifth of six professional experience units.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have completed 5 days of practicum and the activities specified in the Master of Teaching (Secondary) Professional Placements manual.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Satisfactory completion of 5 days of supervised professional placement

Workload requirements

Students undertake 5 days of professional experience over the semester.

Co-requisites

This unit must be a corequisite with at least 12 credit points in the Master of Teaching (Secondary), for example: at least one of units EDF5806, EDF5807, EDF5808, EDF5809


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Berwick Second semester 2014 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing the professional experience placements within the Master of Teaching (Secondary) course. This is the sixth of six professional experience units.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have completed 5 days of practicum and the activities specified in the Master of Teaching (Secondary) Professional Placements manual.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Satisfactory completion of 5 days of supervised professional placement

Workload requirements

Students undertake 5 days of professional experience over the semester.

Co-requisites

This unit must be a corequisite with at least 12 credit points in the Master of Teaching (Secondary), for example: at least one of units EDF5806, EDF5807, EDF5808, EDF5809.


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing the professional experience placements within the Master of Teaching (Primary) course. This is the first of five professional experience units.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have completed 10 days of practicum and the activities specified in the Master of Teaching (Primary) Professional Placements manual.

Fieldwork

10 days' placement

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Satisfactory completion of 10 days of supervised professional placement

Workload requirements

Students undertake 10 days of professional experience over the semester.

Co-requisites

Enrolment in at least one of EDF5703, EDF5705, EDF5711, EDF5712, EDF5713, EDF5714, EDF5807, EDF5809


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing the professional experience placements within the Master of Teaching (Primary) course. This is the second of five professional experience units.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have completed 10 days of practicum and the activities specified in the Master of Teaching (Primary) Professional Placements ,anual.

Fieldwork

10 days' placement

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Satisfactory completion of 10 days of supervised professional placement

Workload requirements

Students undertake 10 days of professional experience over the semester.

Co-requisites

Enrolment in at least one of EDF5703, EDF5705, EDF5711, EDF5712, EDF5713, EDF5714, EDF5807, EDF5809


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Berwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing the professional experience placements within the Master of Teaching (Primary) course. This is the third of five professional experience units.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have completed 10 days of practicum and the activities specified in the Master of Teaching (Primary) Professional Placements manual.

Fieldwork

10 days' placement

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)Satisfactory completion of 10 days of supervised professional placement

Workload requirements

Students undertake 10 days of professional experience over the semester

Co-requisites

Enrolment in at least one of EDF5703, EDF5705, EDF5711, EDF5712, EDF5713, EDF5714, EDF5807, EDF5809


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing the professional experience placements within the Master of Teaching (Primary) course. This is the fourth of five professional experience units.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit, students will have completed 15 days of practicum and the activities specified in the Master of Teaching (Primary) Professional Placements manual.

Fieldwork

15 days' placement

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Satisfactory completion of 15 days of supervised professional placement

Workload requirements

Students undertake 15 days of professional experience over the semester.

Co-requisites

Enrolment in at least one of EDF5703, EDF5705, EDF5711, EDF5712, EDF5713, EDF5714, EDF5807, EDF5809


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day)

Synopsis

This unit provides the means for managing the professional experience placements within the Master of Teaching (Primary) course. This is the fifth of five professional experience units.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students will have completed 15 days of practicum and the activities specified in the Master of Teaching (Primary) Professional Placements manual.

Fieldwork

15 days' placement

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Satisfactory completion of 15 days of supervised professional placement.

Workload requirements

Students undertake 15 days of professional experience over the semester

Co-requisites

Enrolment in at least one of EDF5703, EDF5705, EDF5711, EDF5712, EDF5713, EDF5714, EDF5807, EDF5809


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sandra Stewart

Synopsis

This unit develops students competency in counselling research and counselling skills through the introduction of a range of evidence-based psychotherapies. Students learn the process of conducting systematic literature reviews, appraise research papers and develop a methodology to summarise evidence-based practice. Students learn relevant core skills and theoretical concepts underpinning the therapeutic process and extend their practical knowledge on counselling interventions in order to be effective in developing a helping relationship with a range of client groups. The unit also provides guided rehearsal and development of skills relating to general professional psychological practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. conduct a systematic literature review, framed by a specific research question or issue
  2. apply core counselling skills to a variety of presenting issues
  3. have sufficient understanding of different theoretical models in current psychotherapy including the evidence base to support these
  4. appreciate how to conceptualise presenting issues and apply appropriate interventions
  5. competently work with different client populations.

Fieldwork

Supervised practicum related activities are undertaken in this unit which contribute to the total placement hours required in EDF5517.

Assessment

Systematic literature review (5000 words, 60%)
Class presentation (2000 words equivalent, 30%)
Maintenance of a practice log, compilation of an e-journal and weekly quiz (1000 words equivalent, 10%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2.5 hour lecture/workshop per week
  • 0.5 hour per week supervision of placement-related activity

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per week

Prerequisites

Successful completion of an Australian Psychology Accreditation Council (APAC) accredited four year sequence in psychology.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Kate Jacobs

Synopsis

This unit provides students opportunity for advanced exploration and analysis of the psychological assessment process. It involves scholarly consideration and debate of quantitative and qualitative approaches to psychological constructs, their dominant underpinning theories, means of assessment, as well as exploring associated issues of validity and reliability, cultural and ethical considerations, and linguistic factors. Students acquire skills in the administration, scoring and interpretation of pertinent psychological tests, the integration of multiple sources of assessment data, and appropriate report writing. The unit also covers constructive critical appraisal and skills in making clinical judgement for the assessment and diagnostics of disabilities, psychopathology and human strengths (positive psychology). The unit also provides guided rehearsal and development of skills relating to general professional psychological practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify and understand the varied aspects of psychological test validity
  2. critically appraise psychological tests, including the theories that underpin them
  3. effectively integrate multiple forms of assessment data
  4. appreciate the impact of culture, linguistic load, and bias on the psychological assessment process
  5. understand the pertinent ethical issues that arise when conducting psychological assessments and reporting results
  6. clearly and succinctly report the results of a psychological assessment via a written report
  7. think critically about psychological constructs, psychopathology and appropriate assessment.

Fieldwork

Supervised practicum related activities are undertaken in this unit which contribute to the total placement hours required in EDF5517.

Assessment

Psychological report including critical reflection component (4000 words, 50%)
Theoretical essay (3000 words, 40%)
Maintenance of a practice log, compilation of an e-journal and weekly quiz (1000 words equivalent, 10%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2.5 hour lecture/workshop per week
  • 0.5 hour per week supervision of placement-related activity

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per week

Prerequisites

Successful completion of an Australian Psychology Accreditation Council (APAC) accredited four year sequence in psychology.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mr Nicholas Gamble

Synopsis

This unit develops students' ethical practice in a variety of psychological and research contexts. It covers the ethical dilemmas that might exist in psychologists' research, educational or professional roles in different workplaces. Ethical approaches pertaining to the practice of psychology, conducting research, and assessments as well as program design and evaluation are discussed. The unit considers these activities across a variety of contexts, such as in person, postal, telephone, internet and other electronic transmissions. Ethical, legal and moral issues are considered and discussed. The unit also provides guided rehearsal and development of skills relating to general professional psychological practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the Australian Psychological Society (APS) code of ethics and its application across a variety of contexts and professional roles
  2. identify the ethically complex situations that can develop in the application of psychological principles in practice and in research
  3. appreciate the range of behavioural responses to ensure ethical behaviour in all aspects of the science and practice of psychology
  4. apply decision making strategies to enact and maintain appropriate ethical conduct.

Fieldwork

Supervised practicum related activities are undertaken in this unit which contribute to the total placement hours required in EDF5517.

Assessment

Essay (4000 words, 50%)
Group presentation and report (3000 words equivalent, 40%)
Maintenance of a practice log, compilation of an e-journal and weekly quiz (1000 words equivalent, 10%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2.5 hour lecture/workshop per week
  • 0.5 hour per week supervision of placement-related activity

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Andrea Reupert

Synopsis

This unit reviews current approaches to psychological practice employing empirically supported interventions. The learning is structured around evidence-based practice and the development of practice-based evidence for common issues in both adult and child populations. Students examine both client and therapist variables that have been identified as essential for intervention efficacy and are exposed to a range of techniques associated with promotion of wellbeing, symptom reduction and behavioural change. In addition, students learn how to employ culturally sensitive interventions that have been shown to facilitate positive outcomes in a variety of contexts. Research methodologies employed in the establishment of evidence-based practice are critiqued. Students learn how to utilise research in guiding their choice of therapeutic interventions and how to study the outcomes of their intervention in practice. The unit also provides guided rehearsal and development of skills relating to general professional psychological practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. describe empirically supported treatments associated with common needs and concerns presented to psychologists in practice
  2. develop intervention/treatment plans for selected circumstances
  3. outline a range of variables associated with positive outcomes in psychotherapy and intervention generally
  4. identify and critically appraise the major research approaches that are utilised in establishment of evidence-based practice and their application in developing practice-based evidence.

Assessment

Critical essay: the change process and psychotherapy (4000 words, 50%)
Treatment plan for selected mental disorders (3000 words, 40%)
Maintenance of a practice log, compilation of an e-journal and weekly quiz (1000 words equivalent, 10%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2.5 hour lecture/workshop per week
  • 0.5 hour per week supervision of placement-related activity

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per week


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Full year 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Janene Swalwell

Synopsis

This is a unit for professional clinical experience in the Master in Professional Psychology course. Students complete the required number of days and the activities specified in the practicum manual for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers. This unit tracks the requirements for completing professional experience in the course. This unit is designed to support psychological training on a 5+1 basis.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. complete the required number of days of professional experience and the activities specified in the practicum manual for this unit
  2. compile a practice log and an e-journal which records their self-reflections on their developing professional practice and learning
  3. achieve a satisfactory level of progress in their development as provisional psychologists in line with the requirements outlined in the practicum manual and the practicum report from the students' University professional experience advisers (or relevant academic staff).

Fieldwork

300 hours of supervised practice/observation

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Successful completion of 300 placement hours

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

300 hours of scheduled placement activities during the semester

Co-requisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit considers the economic, social and environmental dimensions of sustainability and introduces the multifaceted concept of sustainability. Students explore what sustainability means for them personally and for humanity. Using multiple perspectives, informed by research, the unit presents a coherent, personalising and engaging introduction to the concept of sustainability, the challenges it presents and the range of possible responses. Through the understanding of sustainability provided by this unit, students develop their capacity to be reflective, ethically aware professionals capable of giving recognition to sustainability issues in the decisions they make personally, professionally and as members of the community.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. differentiate the principles underlying different dimensions and perspectives of sustainability
  2. design and apply a sustainability assessment tool relevant to an environment of relevance and use that tool to assess the effectiveness of making a change to reduce a personal environmental impact
  3. contrast the range of responses available to respond to unsustainable systems.

Assessment

Essay: sustainability perspectives (1500 words equivalent, 30%)
Essay: quantifying, reflecting and advancing sustainability at a personal level (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Online discussions: contributions to discussions and written reflective response (500 words equivalent, 20%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week for six weeks (144 hours total per term) comprising:

(a.) Study schedule for online students:

  • 4 hours of directed online activities per week

(d.) Additional requirements:

  • 20 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit explores and develops case studies of the range of practices and settings in which people learn about sustainability. Students examine how learning occurs across the lifespan, in diverse contexts, and with different impacts. Using case study methodology, the unit engages key questions about how the qualities and characteristics of educating for sustainability differentiate this field of activity from environmental education and related areas.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify the qualities and characteristics of learning about sustainability
  2. propose pertinent goals, strategies, outcomes and evaluative criteria for education for sustainability
  3. design a case study of education for sustainability
  4. critically reflect on their own and other case studies
  5. synthesise case study research.

Assessment

Case study framework (1000 words equivalent, 25%)
Case study (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Case study discussions and reflective response (1000 words equivalent, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week for six weeks (144 hours total per term) comprising:

(a.) Study schedule for online students:

  • 4 hours of directed online activities per week

(d.) Additional requirements:

  • 20 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

In this unit, students reflect on and analyse the features and complexities of an internationalised, contemporary and changing context for education and sustainability. Students engage with key perspectives on the global arena and with theories and ideas which show how globalisation makes a difference to education and achieving sustainable development. Such perspectives are important to engage with in order to develop individuals and communities capable of responding at local and global levels to rapidly changing social, economic, cultural and ecological conditions. The effects of international viewpoints and deliberations on education for sustainability are considered for their impact on local contexts and educational initiatives. Students identify the interconnections between their 'everyday' contexts and national and international movements, as peoples, cultures and economies are brought closer together.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify, clarify and contribute to the main debates associated with the phenomenon of globalisation
  2. apply and critique major theories on the relationship between globalisation and its differential impact on education
  3. identify the factors leading to the convergence or divergence of education initiatives in different national contexts and evaluate their impact on education for sustainability
  4. communicate the points of interconnection and impact of a local or national intiative which is associated with globalisation or acts to mediate an adverse effect of globalisation.

Assessment

Critical review (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Poster (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week for six weeks (144 hours total per term) comprising:

(a.) Study schedule for online students:

  • 4 hours of directed online activities per week

(d.) Additional requirements:

  • 20 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

In this unit students identify aspects of significance in framing learning for sustainability such as knowledge, attitudes and behaviours related to sustainability, learners' perceptions of learning about and experiences in learning for sustainability. Cases are drawn from within and outside formal education settings through which to illustrate and evaluate perspectives on learning and learner development. Implications for teaching for sustainability are considered.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge about current national and international developments in educating learners about and for sustainability
  2. analyse and comment critically on issues arising from current initiatives, trends and research
  3. identify a range of learning issues and needs relating to their own work.

Assessment

Learning review (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Learner and learning profile (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week for six weeks (144 hours total per term) comprising:

(a.) Study schedule for online students:

  • 4 hours of directed online activities per week

(d.) Additional requirements:

  • 20 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

Two of EDF5580, EDF5581 or EDF5582


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit supports students to design and develop a learning event around sustainability. It positions learning for sustainability within a dialogic tradition of adult education which has a strong orientation to active learning, participation and change. Within this tradition of learning, an approach to learning design which anchors learners into learning and then builds their learning sequentially is explored. Students design a short learning session to develop participant learning around a concept of their choice within a personally and professionally relevant context.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify the features of dialogic learning and locate it as a particular education tradition
  2. evaluate the philosophical and pedagogical purposes around learning designs for sustainability
  3. articulate the four stages of a learning design and identify the pedagogical purpose of each
  4. create a learning design which showcases dialogue, active learning, participation and change within it.

Assessment

Learning design 1 (1800 words equivalent, 45%)
Learning design 2 (1800 words equivalent, 45%)
Learning design reflection (400 words, 10%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week for six weeks (144 hours total per term) comprising:

(a.) Study schedule for online students:

  • 4 hours of directed online activities per week

(d.) Additional requirements:

  • 20 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

Two of EDF5580, EDF5581 or EDF5582


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

In this unit, students are encouraged to reflect on their lives and contexts, to identify and evaluate dispositions, capabilities, roles, resources and goals in leading change for education for sustainability. Developing leadership for change around sustainability relies as much on leading systems and planning change as it does on developing a leader's self and other awareness and emotional preparedness.The unit introduces a variety of perspectives for developing self and other awareness. Instruments and practices, learning styles and profile instruments are used, along with a rigorous reflective practice regimen, to help students develop a leadership development plan. This knowledge is used to understand how to lead and engage others in ways that may produce enduring change.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand and critically evaluate paradigms of leadership development
  2. apply theoretical concepts and instruments to identify personal strengths of leaders
  3. engage in meaningful reflective practice about personal leadership
  4. articulate and plan personal leadership development in support of sustainability.

Assessment

Visionary leader review (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Sustainability leadership plan (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week for six weeks (144 hours total per term) comprising:

(a.) Study schedule for online students:

  • 4 hours of directed online activities per week

(d.) Additional requirements:

  • 20 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

Two of EDF5580, EDF5581 or EDF5582


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit explores leadership and the processes of change that are most effective in leading change for education for sustainability within educational and organisational contexts. Students explore leadership approaches to development programs that have successfully engaged with sustainability matters through the balancing of economic, environmental and societal concerns. Moving beyond 'greenwashing' in a system, this unit engages with the fundamental principles of triple bottom line reporting and the leadership required to enact enduring change around education for sustainability. Through critical insights, the processes of how to engage people in educational, community and organisational contexts to meet the challenge of education for sustainability are identified.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge of the core concepts of leadership within educational and organisational systems
  2. describe and evaluate processes that inspire and drive change
  3. evaluate education for sustainability initiatives for their capacity to secure change
  4. apply leadership and reflective skills to plan for change around sustainability in a context of relevance.

Assessment

Leading change strategic plan part 1 (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Leading change strategic plan part 2 (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week for six weeks (144 hours total per term) comprising:

(a.) Study schedule for online students:

  • 4 hours of directed online activities per week

(d.) Additional requirements:

  • 20 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

Two of EDF5580, EDF5581 or EDF5582


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit develops written, visual, verbal and non-verbal communication skills. Communication, the familiar act of transferring information from one person to another, is fundamental to day-to-day life. In a professional context, effective communication skills are essential no matter whether the purpose of the communication is to inquire, inform, persuade or develop goodwill. It begins with a basic model of communication that highlights the role of the sender and receiver, and then considers the implications of different communication mediums or channels as well as the impact of feedback. Attention is given to the development of coherent arguments as part of framing effective communication. Since advancing sustainability requires the application of effective change agent skills, the unit then focuses on using communication to influence others through either persuasion or negotiation.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. differentiate the contributions of the sender, receiver, communication medium and feedback in effective communication
  2. design a piece of persuasive communication and tailor it to delivery through different communication mediums
  3. plan, deliver and assess the effectiveness of a negotiation strategy focused on a change related to advancing sustainability.

Assessment

Persuasive communication (written and video clip) (1500 words equivalent, 40%)
Negotiation strategy: group project planning, delivering and assessing a negotiation strategy focused on nominated sustainability challenge (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Online discussions: contributions to discussions and written reflective response (500 words equivalent, 10%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week for six weeks (144 hours total per term) comprising:

(a.) Study schedule for online students:

  • 4 hours of directed online activities per week

(d.) Additional requirements:

  • 20 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

Two of EDF5580, EDF5581 or EDF5582


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit helps students identify the value and specific nature of research in education for sustainability, including its relationship to small-scale inquiry in education and other social science disciplines. Students learn about the traditions and forms of explanation used in small-scale inquiry, and the types of knowledge that can be generated that inform professional practice. Students also consider the major ways of designing and conducting research studies to address a range of issues and challenges, including appreciating the often complex relationship between research, policy and practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. distinguish the main purposes and reasons for initiating and designing small-scale research
  2. understand the major traditions of research and their implications for designing small-scale inquiry (e.g. survey, experiments, case study, ethnographic approaches, biographical/narrative approaches)
  3. appreciate the relevance of key concepts in research (e.g. objectivity, subjectivity, reflexivity) and how they inform research design, knowledge generation and uses of research knowledge
  4. identify researchable problems and formulate research questions that relate to professional practice
  5. appreciate the logic and art of research design (e.g. the importance of literature review, and ethical considerations concerning the connection between researcher and researched in research and professional settings).

Assessment

Slide presentation online (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Critical review of data collection strategies employed in prior research around selected themes (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week for six weeks (144 hours total per term) comprising:

(a.) Study schedule for online students:

  • 4 hours of directed online activities per week

(d.) Additional requirements:

  • 20 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

72 credit points in Master in Education for Sustainability


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

In this unit students select an education for sustainability challenge or issue of relevance to their professional context and design a small-scale inquiry. Students learn how to set out the key features of a potential project, and how to select appropriate criteria for evaluating the quality of their research design.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify how to transform an education for sustainability issue or challenge into a researchable question
  2. articulate the design aspects of a project in order to secure appropriate evidence on which to base conclusions
  3. access literature that is relevant to their professional challenge and identify how the project addresses a gap or aspect in the literature
  4. identify implications for professional thinking and practice that impact on their specific situation
  5. communicate features of a well-designed project to a professional and/or academic audience.

Assessment

Project design part 1: literature review and research question (1500 words equivalent, 35%)
Project design part 2: research design and methodology (1500 words equivalent, 35%)
Project brief: abstract and summary (1000 words, 30%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week for six weeks (144 hours total per term) comprising:

(a.) Study schedule for online students:

  • 4 hours of directed online activities per week

(d.) Additional requirements:

  • 20 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit focuses on requirements for the effective execution of a research design as a means of collecting data to facilitate meaning-making. Research is fundamental to generating authentic, new and timely knowledge, so as to guide and inform policies and practices. Students are made aware of the implications of relevant sociocultural and ethical contexts on how meaning is interpreted. Qualitative and quantitative data are considered, when they are gathered separately in different research studies, as well as when they are gathered sequentially or simultaneously in the same research study. Discussions focus on 'traditional' research methods (such as surveys) and emerging ones (such as videos and photographs) in physical or virtual forms of research representation. Students develop their research skills through evaluative work on prior, related studies, as well as have the opportunity to consider the data collection process in response to a specific concern of relevance to their respective professional or educational contexts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify priorities for research in education for sustainability, the traditions of inquiry that frame the research question, and the forms of research data such as quantitative and qualitative evidence best associated with them
  2. understand the many ways in which 'data' can be generated, and appreciate the potential value and limitations of such data and their specific qualities or characteristics
  3. communicate the strengths and limitations of qualitative and quantitative data and evidence generated through a mix of methods
  4. critically scrutinise research data collected in prior studies relating to a professional or educational issue
  5. assess the potential and implications of a data collection process in a professional or educational context of relevance.

Assessment

Slide presentation online (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Critical review of data employed in prior research around selected themes (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week for six weeks (144 hours total per term) comprising:

(a.) Study schedule for online students:

  • 4 hours of directed online activities per week

(d.) Additional requirements:

  • 20 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites

72 credit points in Master in Education for Sustainability


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

In this unit students identify or produce and evaluate data sets in response to an education for sustainability challenge that is of personal or professional relevance. The project articulates a research question that responds to the challenge. Students gather and evaluate existing qualitiative, quantitative or mixed-method research data. The project describes and assesses the data, and extrapolates meaning from the data to identify a set of findings and actions in relation to the research question. In doing this, students are conscious of who they are as researchers in the meaning-making process, how they influence it and the rigor of their conclusions.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify an education for sustainability challenge
  2. prepare or gather two kinds of existing research data that address the challenge
  3. describe the data and their different forms
  4. analyse the data and determine the relevance of the findings to the challenge identified
  5. identify aspects that the data do not address in relation to the challenge
  6. articulate the implications and actions that may address the challenge as a result of the study
  7. communicate findings of the project to a 'lay' audience.

Assessment

Education for sustainability challenge (1600 words, 40%)
Challenge analysis (1600 words, 40%)
Challenge press release (800 words equivalent, 20%)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week for six weeks (144 hours total per term) comprising:

(a.) Study schedule for online students:

  • 4 hours of directed online activities per week

(d.) Additional requirements:

  • 20 hours of independent study per week

Prerequisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus block of classes)
Clayton Term 1 2014 (Flexible)
Clayton Term 3 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Scott Bulfin (Semester 1 Honours); Associate Professor Jane Southcott (Term 1); Professor Neil Selwyn (Term 3)

Synopsis

This is an intensive unit that introduces students to research in education. Students learn the language of research, understand the ethical implications of research decisions and learn how the elements of research design work together for robust outcomes. This unit is the prerequisite for EDF5614 Research project in education, and students undergo a scaffolded transition into their own research project.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. locate their research interest within broader research perspectives and methodologies in the field of education and social sciences
  2. formulate research questions that are congruent with a chosen research approach
  3. design ways to generate and analyse qualitative and quantitative data that are congruent with specific research questions
  4. use research processes with due regard to ethical procedures
  5. justify proposed research through scholarly and critical discussion.

Assessment

Research plan (2000 words, 25%)
Research proposal (6000 words, 75%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers students intensive blocks of teaching to supplement self-directed learning activities and assessment in a supported way.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 36 hours equivalent of learning activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Jane Southcott

Synopsis

In this unit students will design and execute an individual research project in an area broadly related to education with appropriate supervision. The project investigates an issue of significance and includes a critical review of relevant academic and research literature, an appropriate explication of a methodological position and/or analysis of empirical data.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. locate a research concern within a relevant body of academic scholarship
  2. review a particular field and identify implications for research
  3. focus a research project on selected research methodologies
  4. use research processes with due regard to ethical procedures and academic conventions
  5. demonstrate a capacity to engage in reflective, critical discussion of the relevant research area.

Assessment

Research report (12,000 words, 100%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Supervision:

  • one-on-one or group supervision activities equivalent to 1-2 hours per week

(b.) Other:

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

Co-requisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus block of classes)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Professor Susan Webb

Synopsis

This unit engages prospective and practising educational leaders across organisational contexts. In this unit, an experiential setting is created from which to view the challenges and work of leading educational projects, organisations and institutions. It considers the nature of educational work in contexts where global as well as national-local imperatives are significant. It approaches educational leadership in the context of geopolitical transitions and the emerging 'Asian century'. Students come to understand the practical work of leading in learning contexts, based on assessing knowledge and skills in context, developing organisational capability and through relational work. This is achieved specifically through students' investigation of a case of leading educational change in a specific setting of their own choice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the work of strategic leadership of learning across globalised contexts
  2. relate global-national-local contextual analysis to the practical work of leading learning
  3. construct a case around leading education work
  4. apply concepts and perspectives to explain the case and interpret its significance
  5. analyse strategic directions and organisational change strategies adopted in work and/or a workplace setting.

Assessment

Educational change case report stage 1: critical assessment of the case in context (3200 words, 40%)
Educational change case report stage 2: discussion paper on strategic leadership in the case (4800 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Debra Panizzon

Synopsis

This unit focuses on curriculum, pedagogy and assessment as three core concepts that are part of educational work across school, tertiary, workplace and community contexts. It uses a curriculum case (for example, the newly released Australian CurriculumAustralian Curriculum (http://www.australiancurriculum.edu.au/)) to explore concepts of curriculum and their interplay with both pedagogy and assessment practices. Through this case, students learn how to critique curriculum by exploring its stated purpose, the educational philosophies evident in its scope and focus, and the underlying and implicit cultural norms and values. These insights provide a lens through which to consider the relationship between pedagogy (the implemented curriculum) and the intended curriculum and the way in which assessment is developed and enacted in the light of the educational intentions of the curriculum. The assignments for this unit allow students to explore their own relevant curriculum case and to think critically about the ways in which curriculum, pedagogy and assessment are connected with increased accountability, educational policy and changing political agendas.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify the core features of a curriculum
  2. recognise the ways in which curricula vary across different subjects or educational contexts
  3. discuss the relationship between pedagogies and intended curricula
  4. examine whether and how curriculum alignment meets stated aims of greater equity around learners' educational outcomes
  5. demonstrate an understanding of how external factors or pressures can impact the implementation of curricula in a specific context
  6. apply the principles to relevant 'curriculum' in other contexts or situations
  7. critically interrogate the impact of the 'globalisation' of curriculum, and the political dimensions of curriculum design and implementation.

Assessment

Written review (4000 words, 50%)
Investigative report (4000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Professor Simone White

Synopsis

This unit considers the theme of learner development and the process of learning for participants who are both learners and/or prospective or practising educators involved in developing learners. Advances in understanding about how learning actually takes place have been rapid and broad. Neurological developments have challenged educators to understand the learning process in new ways. The unit takes a broad view of learning and learners and introduces students to various perspectives including psychological, sociological and philosophical. Students identify and analyse learning processes in the light of current research developments pertaining to these varying perspectives. The implications these hold for practitioners who develop learners and professional learning across learning contexts in schools, workplaces and communities is identified and linked to ideas and concepts central to educative processes and practices. Cases are drawn from within and outside formal education settings through which to illustrate and evaluate perspectives on learning and learner development.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify the range of positions and perspectives which influence learning and learner development
  2. appreciate neurobiological, psychological, philosophical and sociological perspectives on learning
  3. interpret the implications for learning in the light of developing research on the learning process
  4. develop a case study and apply a range of perspectives to interpret the case
  5. articulate how cognitive and affective dimensions of learning are critical to developing and sustaining good educational practice
  6. demonstrate consideration of the critical roles played by aspects such as human intellect, knowledge, values, emotion, learning, organisational culture and climate in developing individual, organisational and professional learning.

Assessment

Case study (4000 words, 50%)
Critical review (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Iris Duhn

Synopsis

Education has an important role to play in responding constructively to a wide range of environmental problems and issues at local, national, regional, international and global levels. This unit introduces the key terms and concepts: education, environment and sustainability (EES) as a way of understanding environmental issues/problems, and examines the relationship between each. These concepts are important to engage with in order to develop individuals and communities capable of responding at local and global levels to rapidly changing social, economic, cultural and ecological conditions. The unit asks questions such as how has our environmental learning and education for a sustainable future been shaped by a wide range of historical, geographical, cultural and ecological factors? The exploration of answers to such questions draws on interdisciplinary approaches and critical perspectives about reconciling human-environment and culture-nature relations.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the contemporary state of the environment from within national and global contexts
  2. identify contemporary trends, issues and policies shaping the state of the environment, environmental education and education for sustainable development
  3. review the interdisciplinary nature of the evidence-base around environmental and ecological sustainability
  4. engage with and evaluate the perspectives and contemporary issues facing environmental educators and educators for sustainable development
  5. develop a case study of a socio-ecological problem or issue of relevance
  6. critically analyse the case from an interdisciplinary and critical perspective.

Assessment

Essay (4000 words, 50%)
Case study report (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Umesh Sharma (Clayton)

Synopsis

This unit considers key issues in relation to the concept of inclusion and its relationship with learning across different contexts. A central emphasis of the unit is on the ways in which education can be transformed to include all learners regardless of their age, sexuality, gender, class, ethnicity and disability. The unit addresses three major areas related to inclusion. First, the unit demonstrates how various social, global and economic forces underpin and influence inclusive education practices at global, national and local levels. Second, the unit explores how barriers to participation are created overtly and covertly at community, school and class levels for selected members of the society (particularly for those with a disability). Third, the unit offers information about various ways in which barriers to participation could be addressed to promote inclusion of excluded members (particularly those with a disability) across different contexts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify the key aspects influencing inclusion practice
  2. interpret and critically evaluate the reasons that result in some members (particularly those with a disability) of the society being excluded from participation in a range of educational and social activities
  3. communicate evidence that explains the basis of exclusion from educational contexts
  4. evaluate approaches that strengthen inclusion across different contexts
  5. create responsive strategies to promote inclusion of learners with disabilities within a particular context.

Assessment

Reflective essay on inclusion (4000 words, 50%)
Analytic review or inclusive strategy (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nicholas Allix

Synopsis

This unit focuses on what leaders, as formal and informal organisational actors, have to do to foster and nurture capability as an ongoing property of organisational life, in order to meet organisational purposes in intelligent and sustainable ways. It explores the concept of a capable organisation and examines what is required to lead, manage, and administer a capable organisation effectively. Students learn about ways to understand and evaluate how organisations approach the ongoing problems of adaptation and change that they face. They consider how, on the basis of research evidence and best practices, policies and decisions may be formulated and implemented to address these problems effectively. Students also explore leadership strategies for cultivating optimal utilisation and development of organisational assets. This includes leveraging available cognitive and intellectual resources, capacities for inquiry and learning, and capabilities for innovating and creating a desired future.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the characteristics and features commonly found in capable organisations
  2. identify appropriate leadership strategies to develop and sustain a capable organisation
  3. identify the cognitive dimensions of organisational problem solving and decision making
  4. evaluate and communicate the critical roles that human intellect, knowledge, values, emotion, learning, and organisational culture and climate, play in maintaining and sustaining capable organisations
  5. locate and critically scrutinise strategies which identify how to design, realise and sustain organisational capability and performance
  6. plan a strategy for assessing organisational capability and developing capacity in a particular context.

Assessment

Case study (4000 words, 50%)
Research essay (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Venesser Fernandes

Synopsis

This unit is an introduction to the complexities of problem solving and decision making in organisational contexts. Topics include theoretical and philosophical analyses of the concepts of power and authority in organisational and institutional contexts in relation to decision and/or policy making; research approaches to understanding the nature of problem solving and decision making processes; an examination of how psychological, social, and contextual factors influence and shape decision making processes and outcomes in organisations; an analysis of how issues associated with power and authority affect decision making and related organisational structures and processes; and an exploration of how organisational structures and processes might be better designed to improve organisational governance and enhance decision making intelligence and organisational capability.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand concepts of power and authority in organisational and institutional contexts, and how these concepts relate to problem solving, decision making, and change in organisations
  2. understand and appreciate how 'good' decisions ought to get made in administrative contexts from a normative or prescriptive research perspective
  3. understand and appreciate how decisions actually do get made in organisations from an empirical research perspective
  4. understand and appreciate how a range of psychological framing effects and cognitive biases and heuristics influence judgement and decision making
  5. understand and appreciate how factors associated with complexity, uncertainty, ambiguity, and social choice affect decision making in organisations
  6. critically examine and evaluate how organisations might be designed to improve problem solving and decision making processes and outcomes, and enhance organisational capabilities.

Assessment

Essay (4000 words, 50%)
Case study (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Venesser Fernandes

Synopsis

This unit promotes self-and-other awareness and positions emotional preparedness as foundational to leadership. A variety of paradigms for developing self and other awareness are introduced to empower developing leaders to begin their personal inner growth trajectory. Instruments and practices, learning styles and personality profile instruments are used, along with a rigorous reflective practice regimen, to help students develop a personal development plan. Students engage with other aspiring and practising leaders in a process of personal and professional growth through collaborative reflection to become aware of their cognitive and emotional meaning-making. This knowledge is used to understand how to lead and engage others in ways that produce robust, sustainable organisations.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand and critically evaluate theoretical paradigms of leadership development
  2. apply theoretical concepts and instruments to identify personal strengths of leaders
  3. engage in meaningful reflective practice about personal leadership
  4. articulate and plan personal leadership growth and development
  5. identify relationships between individual leadership and organisational sustainability
  6. distinguish and apply reflective and scholarly approaches to cognitive and emotional meaning-making and evaluation.

Assessment

1. Reflective portfolio (4000 words equivalent, 50%) consisting of:
Part A: two pieces of reflective writing (2400 words (1200 words each), 30%)
Part B: three online responses to fellow students' reflections (600 words total, 10%)
Part C: meta-reflection (1000 words, 10%)
2. Presentation (2000 words equivalent, 25%)
3. Critical review (2000 words, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Miriam Faine (First semester); Dr Dat Bao (Second semester)

Synopsis

This unit approaches language and literacy curriculum as socially and culturally constructed, and introduces understandings of language teaching and learning as social practice. It explores how issues around language, culture and identities play out in language curriculum and frameworks in particular sociocultural contexts both in Australia and across the globe. It focuses on key issues in the politics of language and literacy education, including how views of language and culture have informed different approaches to, and frameworks for, language teaching and curricula and to language and literacy education in school, higher education and adult education settings in Australia and in students' contexts. It considers bilingualism and multilingualism and English language education in local and global contexts, and it advances new understandings of transcultural and intercultural learning, communication and mobility, including in online learning settings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop an understanding of language as a social, cultural and political practice
  2. critically reflect on how this understanding is relevant to themselves as educators through their identity and experiences
  3. understand how sociocultural perspectives apply to language pedagogy
  4. develop an understanding of the social, historical and political contexts in which language is shaped in contemporary Australian society across institutional contexts
  5. explore ways that language and culture are framed in different curriculum frameworks and policy documents
  6. apply understandings gained through reflection and exploration of the issues raised throughout the unit.

Assessment

Self study (3000 words, 40%)
Context study: applying theory to practice (5000 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

Prohibitions

EDF6234 and EDF6236


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jill Brown (First semester); Dr Anna Filipi (Second semester)

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the development of pedagogy and monitoring of learning in TESOL. It addresses the practical aspects of teaching and learning as informed by current theories of second language acquisition and assessment of language learning. It highlights the social nature of language use; that learning occurs through interaction, and introduces students to a range of communicative approaches to teaching, learning, assessment and planning for teaching in various TESOL contexts. This includes a focus on the integration and assessment of listening, speaking, reading, viewing and writing, explicit attention to English grammar and vocabulary, an exploration of technology to support learning, and a focus on how to provide learning experiences that broaden intercultural knowledge. Students also develop an understanding of the impact of assessment practices and skills in evaluating, analysing and designing assessment tasks.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the concepts and pedagogical implications of communicative competence and of learning as a social practice in a range of contexts
  2. recognise the differing language learning needs of adults and children
  3. become familiar with techniques and strategies which integrate the macro-skills and focus on meaning as well as grammatical form
  4. articulate their understanding of the principles of good assessment practices and how they impact learning
  5. demonstrate skills in evaluation and design of assessment tasks.

Assessment

Research paper (4000 words, 50%)
Annotated lesson plan to an assessment outcome from a curriculum framework (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

Prohibitions

EDF6233 and EDF6210


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Ms Maria Gindidis

Synopsis

This unit builds students' capacities to identify fundamental principles underpinning the effectiveness of bilingual and/or content-based programs in a range of educational contexts including English as an Additional Language (EAL) and languages, and how they impact on language acquisition. Students examine the development and maintenance of bilingualism and biliteracy in formal learning environments. Sociolinguistic, psycholinguistic, political and educational aspects of content based and immersion programs are explored in local and global contexts. The unit covers a range of approaches, including Content Based Language Teaching (CBLT), Content and Language Integrated Learning (CLIL) and the Canadian immersion models in primary, secondary and vocational education settings. Key polices and documents related to curriculum development and practice are investigated with a focus on the pedagogical implications of additional language/literacy teaching and first language development. Connections are made between research and pedagogy including recent bilingual instructional strategies such as translanguaging.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. explain the political, sociocultural and pedagogical issues surrounding bilingualism and bilingual education
  2. demonstrate an understanding of how bilingual education and/or content-based programs are positioned in the field of second language acquisition and applied linguistics
  3. apply principles of second language acquisition and bilingual education to understanding rationale statement(s) of bilingual and/or content-based programs
  4. analyse key policies and documents relating to bilingual education and content-based programs, including those associated with the Australian CurriculumAustralian Curriculum (http://www.australiancurriculum.edu.au/) for EAL students
  5. analyse successful models of bilingual and content-based language teaching methods, and draw on these to determine how they would apply the principles identified to their own language teaching and learning contexts
  6. critically evaluate political and educational contexts in Australia or in global contexts that impact on the introduction of bilingual and/or content-based programs.

Assessment

Essay examining different approaches to developing and maintaining bilingualism (4000 words, 50%)
Curriculum unit development for a content-based learning program (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

Prohibitions

EDF6238 and EDF6201


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leonie Kronborg

Synopsis

This unit develops three areas of students' knowledge:

  1. understanding frameworks and theories of giftedness and talent,
  2. approaches to identification, and
  3. curriculum for gifted students. Students reflect on their own attitudes and beliefs as educators towards gifted students and examine evidence of teacher beliefs, competencies and teaching strategies found to be effective cross-culturally with gifted students. Programming options for ability grouping, enrichment, extension and acceleration for gifted students at various levels of education are critically reflected upon and evaluated. The unit explores and analyses differentiated curriculum developed for teaching diverse gifted students with different learning styles in mixed-ability classrooms, and teaching and learning models for engaging gifted. Research literature applied to teaching gifted pre-school, primary and secondary students is examined.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. know and understand conceptual frameworks and theories of giftedness and talent
  2. know and understand behavioural characteristics of gifted individuals and how that can impact students' learning experiences
  3. demonstrate cognitive skills in relation to identifying gifted and talented students and reflect critically on identification approaches as professional practice
  4. identify students' learning styles and how they relate to students' talent development
  5. evaluate teacher beliefs, competencies and strategies for teaching gifted students effectively and reflect on self-beliefs and competencies as teachers
  6. evaluate different programming options of ability grouping, enrichment, extension and acceleration and how they apply to the educational needs of gifted students
  7. know and understand differentiated curriculum and how it can meet the needs of gifted students
  8. engage with and apply teaching and learning models of curriculum that provide for the educational needs of gifted students.

Assessment

Reflective journal (5000 words, 60%)
Individual project (3000 words, 40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

EDF6607


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit focuses on theories of talent development in order to understand how to develop the talents of students. Diverse groups of talented students are described to offer in-depth knowledge and understanding of the varied identification processes and teaching strategies required to effectively educate these students, and to apply this knowledge in professional practice. Attention is paid to the importance of creativity, gender, mentoring and nurturing talented students' social and emotional development as a means to facilitating talent development.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. know and understand conceptual frameworks and theories of talent development
  2. outline approaches to identify and program for diverse gifted students including gifted students with learning disabilities, gifted students on the autism spectrum and underachieving gifted students
  3. appreciate how mentoring can be effective for developing diverse gifted students' talents
  4. understand creativity and the creative process and its influence on gifted students and their talent development
  5. examine giftedness and gender and how they interact to impact individuals' talent development
  6. recognise how social and emotional development of gifted students impacts the talent development process
  7. enhance their professional practice by the application and evaluation of a range of theories to students' talent development.

Assessment

Reflective journal (5000 words, 60%)
Individual project comprising oral presentation (10%) and written presentation (30%) (3000 words equivalent, 40% in total)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

EDF6613


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Professor Neil Selwyn

Synopsis

This unit offers a critical appraisal of the potential and realities of digital technology use in educational settings. Students are introduced to key theories and debates from academic disciplines such as education, sociology, psychology, media studies and social policy. Through these, students come to see a complex array of forces shaping everyday use through to education practice, policy and design. The unit raises key issues such as identity, cybersafety, globalisation, equity, and emerging forms of social practice. Students critically explore the discourse surrounding educational technology from mobiles to eLearning and question why innovation and adoption continues to be so difficult. The unit challenges thinking about how the educational technology of the near future may be more efficiently and equitably shaped. It is designed for all students regardless of their level of familiarity with computers.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. recognise the current and emerging trends in digital technologies being used in education, and the social, political, economic, cultural and historical issues surrounding their adoption
  2. know some of the theories, models and frameworks for understanding digital technology in education and society
  3. develop evaluation skills to critically assess the value of technology use in educational settings
  4. synthesise theory and practice in order to improve innovation and adoption of digital technologies in educational settings.

Assessment

Learning portfolio (4000 words or equivalent, 50%)
Essay or project (4000 words or equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

EDF6442 and EDF6115


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Michael Henderson

Synopsis

This unit is directed at educators across school, tertiary, workplace and community settings who are grappling with how best to design, facilitate and assess the use of educational technologies in teaching and learning. To support this, the unit explores theories, models and practical strategies of instructional design that are drawn from cognitive and behavioural psychology, sociocultural theory and emerging models of digital engagement. Students are immersed in a collaborative and student-centred environment as they experience, practise and critique the design of digital technologies, materials, activities and assessments. This unit has a special focus on online teaching and learning but also explores instructional issues relating to emerging technologies and practices, for example, social media, digital games, mobile devices, virtual worlds and augmented reality. The unit is designed for all students regardless of their familiarity with computers.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. apply theories, models and practical strategies of instructional design
  2. critique and improve upon the design of digital technologies and materials, including interface, structure, values, content, activity and assessment
  3. describe applications of virtual learning environments, wikis, forums, social media and other digital technologies for the purpose of learning
  4. discuss current and emerging trends in digital technologies and the implications for instructional design
  5. critically evaluate research and practice in instructional design.

Assessment

Learning portfolio (3500 words or equivalent, 40%)
Essay or project (4500 words or equivalent, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

EDF6447


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Graham Parr

Synopsis

This unit examines the centrality of language (verbal, visual and gestural) in teaching and learning in and beyond formal education institutions. Students explore the importance of language and literacies in a range of social, cultural and communication phenomena, and examine the mediating influence of culture and new technologies on teaching and learning across a range of contexts. In exploring these issues, the unit aims to provide theoretical and practical tools for education professionals to deploy in their workplaces or communities and in their own ongoing professional learning. The approach to inquiry in this unit demonstrates the ways language and literacy curriculum influences the wider politics and practice of education. Similarly, students undertake critical research into the language and literacy practices and/or the curriculum in the educational contexts with which they are familiar.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand language and literacy development in and beyond formal education institutions and workplaces
  2. interpret the latest research and theory in the areas of language and literacies education across a range of sociocultural contexts
  3. construct and articulate an informed and critical perspective on language and literacy debates and policy developments nationally and internationally
  4. create innovative and robust curriculum and practices in schools, workplaces and/or community settings
  5. conduct research into literacy practices and/or policies in familiar settings, and critically evaluate language and literacy research in less familiar settings
  6. communicate the findings of their research to educators, administrators and the wider community.

Assessment

Critical review of relevant language and literacy literature (3000 words, 40%)
Scholarly article/essay/project drawing on empirical research (5000 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

EDF6301


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

The unit enables students to develop their specialist knowledge and skills in literacy education in ways that will benefit the school, institution, workplace or community in which they work as well as developing their own professional identity and profile as leaders in literacy education. This exploration involves close consideration of what leadership in English language and literacy education might entail, including: whole school/workplace and community initiatives and partnerships, leading a faculty, and leading professional learning communities. Students research some initiatives that literacy leaders are encouraged to implement in their various professional contexts, and they scrutinise a range of assessment and accountability regimes that are used to generate 'evidence' of literacy 'achievements'. They examine the ways in which literacy data are collected at international, national and local levels. In developing a critical perspective on data collection, they learn to appreciate the potential value of data and the limitations that some data collection may impose on teachers' professional practice and on learning outcomes.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the ways literacy leadership is framed and experienced in different contexts and settings
  2. interpret and critically evaluate local, national and international research and policy concerned with English language and literacy education
  3. critically scrutinise and plan initiatives and strategies for improving literacy outcomes through research-based changes to curriculum, pedagogy and/or assessment
  4. understand the many ways in which 'data' about literacy and its various dimensions can be generated and reported on, and appreciate the potential value and limitations of such data
  5. generate and read narrative-based autobiographical writing to promote reflection on their work and professional identity as literacy leaders
  6. collaboratively research literacy policy, practice, curriculum and/or assessment in familiar and/or unfamiliar settings.

Assessment

Critical autobiographical essay, focusing on an experience of leadership in literacy education (3000 words, 40%)
Report of an action research project or practitioner inquiry project (5000 words, 60%)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

EDF6308


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Professor Helen Forgasz

Synopsis

Students embarking on this unit are exposed to a broad view of what constitutes mathematics education. Students engage with, and reflect on, a range of evidence and diversity of research findings within the field of mathematics education. This includes explorations of curricular, pedagogical, learning, assessment and technology issues within classrooms and other learning settings, across the educational levels, and within other disciplines and professional contexts. International, cultural, and political dimensions of mathematics education, as well as the challenges presented with respect to equity and inclusion on mathematics learning opportunities and outcomes are considered. The relevance of mathematical skills (numeracy) in personal life and in the workplace to foster an ethical, sustainable and informed citizenry are explored.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate awareness of a range of issues associated with the teaching and learning of mathematics in different contexts
  2. review the implications that curricular, pedagogical, learning, assessment and technology issues hold for mathematics teaching and learning in relevant contexts
  3. appreciate that various imperatives at many levels impinge on the design, implementation and outcomes of mathematics curricula
  4. recognise the contexts and settings in which mathematical knowledge and skills are relevant and applicable in society
  5. critically evaluate evidence and research findings to inform and guide practice.

Assessment

Online activities (2000 word equivalent, 25%)
Critical reflection (2000 words, 25%)
Issue identification and review (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

EDF6401 and EDF6402


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Debra Panizzon

Synopsis

This unit is designed to deepen expertise and leadership in science education. It explores different aspects of research in science education that furthers the following perspectives:

  1. the ultimate purpose of science education should be to improve science teaching and learning.
  2. To improve science teaching and learning, research must be grounded in the real world of students and teachers, schools systems and society.
  3. To improve science teaching and learning, researchers need to be open to a range of theoretical frameworks, research methodologies and strategies.
  4. Research must relate to practitioners and policy makers in order for them to make decisions of practical value. To deepen understanding of these perspectives, the unit explores five organising themes in science education: science learning; culture, gender and society and science learning; science teaching; curriculum and assessment and science teacher education. Related learning theories, research methodologies and the discipline-specific nature of science in relation to education unfolds throughout these five categories.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a general understanding of the range of science education research
  2. demonstrate an understanding of how learning theories, research methodologies and the discipline-specific nature of science impact on our conceptions of science education and science education research
  3. use appropriate theories, methodologies and knowledge bases of science education to explore one area of science education research in depth
  4. communicate their in-depth understanding of an area of science education research to a range of audiences
  5. develop confidence to position themselves as leaders in science education.

Assessment

Exploring the dimensions of science education research (4000 words equivalent, 50%)
Translation of science education research (4000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

EDF6401 and EDF6402


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit develops music educators to inquire into their practice. It supports them to understand the place of research as a dimension of professional practice and to design approaches to enact this. Current and diverse approaches to research in music education across contexts such as school music, music teacher training, tertiary music teaching, instrumental music teaching, early childhood music, informal music learning and lifelong learning in music are examined. This includes the range of research methodologies that are utilised and the nature of findings generated. In this way, students develop their capacities to evaluate various dimensions of music research across contexts. Students design an approach to inquire into a music context of their choice and develop a plan that explains and justifies a particular methodology to assist them to inquire into their professional practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of current issues and approaches used in music education research
  2. understand a range of methodologies employed in music education research
  3. evaluate the effectiveness of particular methodologies for their relevance to specific music contexts
  4. critically scrutinise research in music education and the findings it generates
  5. identify an area of professional practice in music education around which to plan research
  6. develop a plan to research in an area of personal interest in music education.

Assessment

Essay (4000 words, 50%)
Inquiry plan (4000 words, 50%)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

EDF6323


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Jane Southcott

Synopsis

In this unit students investigate current theoretical understandings and practical approaches to music education. They learn about current developments in music education in formal and informal settings and across the lifespan. Students become familiar with the historical and philosophical influences that have shaped music education policy and practice and relate this to their own educational contexts. This includes considerations of both established and emerging teaching practices in music education.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of current approaches to teaching music
  2. understand how music education can be successfully employed across the lifespan
  3. critique current teaching policy and practice in music education
  4. explore a selected music teaching and learning approach and apply it to a particular music education setting.

Assessment

Essay (4000 words, 50%)
Music teaching and learning study (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

EDF6322


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rachel Forgasz

Synopsis

In this unit students are invited to draw on their experience as educators in diverse contexts and (re)consider teaching and learning through a range of challenging perspectives. Over four modules, students explore ideas about: teaching for transformation, teaching as relationship, teaching with emotion and teaching through the body. The unit requires students to think deeply about the philosophical purposes that guide their practice, the kinds of educator/learner relationships they develop and the kinds of knowledge forms that they draw into their teaching and learning. This work should provoke new ideas on and application of these aspects. Participation in this unit does not rely on prior teaching qualifications but on enthusiasm for teaching.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand multiple theoretical perspectives about teaching and learning
  2. critically examine their own educational approaches through a range of theoretical lenses
  3. develop and evaluate new approaches to their own professional practice as educators.

Assessment

Presentation (3000 words equivalent, 40%)
Research essay (4000 words, 50%)
Collaborative digital journal (1000 words equivalent, 10%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Penny Round

Synopsis

This unit addresses the inclusion of learners with diversities (e.g. sexual orientation, ethnicity, behavioural manifestations or disability) and how they are often excluded from participation in learning and social activities, from pre-school to tertiary education and in workplaces. A key focus of this unit is on the education of learners with disabilities. This unit addresses the reasons that such learners are excluded and identifies what can be done to enhance their participation in different contexts. This includes how we undertake authentic assessment so that everyone is included across different learning and social contexts. It also focuses on evidence-based strategies which could be applied to ensure that everyone is fully included in educational, social and physical activities.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify reasons some members of the society are excluded from teaching and learning
  2. assess learners and their learning environment
  3. use evidence-based strategies to enhance participation of excluded learners (including learners with behavioural issues and autism spectrum disorders)
  4. acquire skills to work with key stakeholders (e.g. parents and paraprofessionals)
  5. design and implement effective educational plans to deepen inclusive teaching and learning practices.

Assessment

Assessment protocol (4000 words equivalent, 50%)
Inclusion plan or literature review (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Mr Peter Anderson

Synopsis

This unit is designed for aspiring or current professionals to enable them to lead and manage organisational development strategies that facilitate improved service delivery to Indigenous populations. The unit is underpinned by an appreciation of critical race theory, strategic planning, and international developments in the recognition of the social and economic rights of Indigenous peoples. The unit aims to extend students' knowledge and understanding of Indigenous cultures with a particular focus on Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples, their histories, cultures and languages, and of the impact of culture, cultural identity and linguistic background on organisational capacity to deliver world-standard service provision. To develop such capacities, the unit will introduce students to emerging approaches and research in organisational development strategies to improve and evaluate service provision to Indigenous peoples. Drawing on these, students develop a strategy to engage people from Indigenous and traditional communities and improve outcomes in a particular professional setting.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. extend cross-cultural skills and knowledge in developing partnerships with Indigenous experts
  2. deepen their appreciation of the impact of culture, cultural identity and linguistic background on the provision of services to people from Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander backgrounds
  3. lead others in the appropriate cultural protocols and the terms 'Indigenous', 'local', 'Traditional' and 'Traditional Owner' as they pertain to Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples
  4. lead their organisation into the development of broad knowledge of, understanding of and respect for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander peoples, histories, cultures and languages, to promote reconciliation between Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander and non-Indigenous Australians
  5. develop an Indigenous-focused organisational learning strategy and/or strategic change plan to improve service delivery to Indigenous populations appropriate to their profession.

Assessment

Essay (4000 words, 50%)
Organisational strategic change plan (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

EDF6310


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit enables students to gain an understanding of the diversity of young people's cultural experiences and expressions. Young people's learning and social development does not occur in isolation. Young people grow up in families with cultural backgrounds and beliefs, and in communities and/or contexts that are diverse and have varying economic, social and cultural capital. The unit focuses on the competing and overlapping definitions of culture, ethnicity, socioeconomic status and identity. It explores young people's engagement with popular and traditional culture and the diverse ways in which different groups of young people live, and appropriate and negotiate their cultural expressions and identities. Programs and policies designed to promote social inclusion and equity among young people from diverse backgrounds are also examined.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand young people's varying social and cultural expressions and experiences
  2. identify ways in which young people live, experience and negotiate cultural expressions and experiences
  3. explore the intersections between identity formations and cultural expressions and experiences
  4. examine programs and policies designed to promote social inclusion and equity among young people from diverse backgrounds.

Assessment

Essay (4000 words, 50%)
Research report (4000 words, 50%)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit provides students with knowledge and skills in building partnerships with families and communities in their capacity as current or future professionals in particular professional contexts. Social, health and education services situate partnerships as central to the delivery of professional services and supports for children, youths and families. Students gain an understanding of the importance of professional partnership with families and communities by learning fundamental elements of communication, problem solving, collaborative planning and service provision. They develop their leadership capacities in fostering collaborations with integrated services by applying reflexive practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop a critical understanding of knowledge and skills in building partnerships
  2. assess the practical and professional issues in building partnerships with families and communities
  3. demonstrate a sensitive and ethical approach to building partnerships with families and community
  4. analyse and reflect on social and educational processes to establishing professional partnerships with families and community
  5. apply acquired knowledge to exhibit leadership in developing partnerships with families and communities.

Assessment

Communicative plan in building partnership with families and communities (4000 words, 50%)
Report on experiences of establishing professional partnership with families and communities (4000 words, 50%)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit involves identifying, investigating, improving and reporting on a learning dimension of students' work. The starting point is on student identity as a learning practitioner; that is, a person whose work focuses on learning in organisational settings, in local communities and/or in educational institutions. It builds on the current attention given to learning that occurs in everyday work practices as well as in formal educational settings. Several perspectives of learning are explored, all of which emphasise the importance of the learners' personal, theoretical and cultural locations.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand and foster the learning dimension of work
  2. reflect on and describe their identity as learner practitioners and the way this identity is constructed through a number of local and global conditions
  3. interpret and evaluate various conceptual perspectives on learning in practice that apply to, and which may, influence their work
  4. generate a critical analysis of their work and workplace based on conceptual perspectives.

Assessment

Online participation (800 words equivalent, 10%)
Case study report stage 1: critical assessment of identity as a learning and development practitioner (3200 words equivalent, 40%)
Case study report stage 2: discussion paper on the various conceptual understandings of learning in practice (4000 words equivalent, 50%)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Allie Clemans

Synopsis

This unit addresses approaches taken to adult learning in formal and informal learning settings such as workplaces, communities, tertiary and vocational sectors. The unit is designed to respond to the needs and interests of those who manage, deliver or administer learning in these spaces. It addresses theories, principles and practices that inform the education of adults. The unit is designed in three parts. In the first, students explore the theories and concepts that are represented in the literature around adult education. In the second, contemporary policy and economic trends and contexts around lifelong learning and participation are addressed, with a view to identifying global trends and local practices that result. In the third part, the unit focuses on practice and the application of an approach to designing learning activities for adults.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand main schools of thought in adult education
  2. critically review theories and concepts related to adult learning
  3. explore the interplay of theory and practice in adult education
  4. examine and evaluate current issues in adult and lifelong learning
  5. review approaches to designing interactive learning for adults
  6. design a learning session for adults to exemplify a particular theoretical and practical orientation.

Assessment

Critical review (4000 words equivalent, 50%)
Essay (4000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

EDF6802


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit supports educators and leaders to work collaboratively with other professionals and community-based personnel to enhance learning and wellbeing in rural and regional contexts. It examines notions of 'rurality' at both the local and global level as it relates to education policy development, reform and community resourcing. It considers the work of leadership to foster participation in rural and regional community engagement renewal and development. Students apply ideas around leadership to identify the opportunities and challenges of living and working in rural and regional contexts and strategies. Strategies for leading ways forward for communities to participate positively in their own renewal are developed through work on a particular case. The unit is well suited to teachers, principals, community and other educational workers interested in learning about leading and participating in community renewal.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the diverse distinctions between definitions of metropolitan, rural and regional communities as they relate to educational policy, leadership, resourcing and experience
  2. analyse and develop strategies to work collaboratively with other professionals and community]based personnel to enhance learning and wellbeing in rural and regional contexts
  3. identify the opportunities and challenges of working in rural and regional contexts particularly in relation to leadership and community engagement and increasing participation
  4. understand how to develop place-based learning experiences that connect the local and the global
  5. examine a particular community and apply approaches to build community resilience, engagement and participation.

Assessment

Critical analysis of community participation and engagement (4000 words, 50%)
Examining a community case study (4000 words, 50%)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Cynthia Joseph

Synopsis

This unit supports professionals working across education sectors to understand the complexities of the changing international context of education in the twenty-first 'Asian century'. Students examine how larger economic, political and cultural processes of globalisation and internationalisation shape educational practices. The unit examines the interplay of global, regional and national issues confronting education in Australia and in the broader global context. It introduces students to theories and debates surrounding globalisation and education, and equips students with abilities and skills to critically evaluate such theories and debates in explaining the development of national and regional educational policies and practices in the Asian century. The unit also considers the ethical responsibilities which confront global citizens, workers and professionals. Through case analysis, students build skills and knowledge to enhance their cross/intercultural abilities and apply these in their daily and professional lives.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify the impact of globalisation and internationalisation on practices and policies in diverse educational and work contexts
  2. critically evaluate academic debates and discussions in the field of global studies in education
  3. develop a case study to describe an educational issue of cross/intercultural significance
  4. analyse the case study to evaluate evidence of cross/intercultural issues and challenges
  5. increase awareness of the ethical responsibilities of global citizens, workers and professionals.

Assessment

Folio assignment (4000 words, 50%)
Essay (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study

Prohibitions

EDF6701


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the ways in which critical pedagogies and experiential learning deepen social inclusion and facilitate transformative experiences for communities. Students explore how socially inclusive communities are developed before considering the place of community-located education as a means to promote inclusion. Students learn how and why experiential learning and transformative approaches to teaching and learning can be used in community contexts to address core social issues such as poverty, racism, crime and ill health. Practical case studies are examined and developed to explore the role of education in promoting community inclusion in global settings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand competing theoretical perspectives explaining social inclusion and inclusive communities
  2. review critical and experiential teaching and learning approaches that bring about community transformation
  3. critically analyse the value of different teaching and learning approaches in addressing core social problems
  4. develop and evaluate the practical application of community inclusion projects across a variety of settings.

Assessment

Essay (4000 words, 50%)
Case study evaluation (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Sylvia Almeida (Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the role of design in learning for sustainability. Ecopedagogy (ecological approaches to teaching and learning) has an important part to play in the delivery and design of effective (and non-effective) educational practices that support environmental learning. The unit concentrates on assessing the qualities and characteristics of ecopedagogy/environmental learning to promote an ecologically literate and sustainable citizenry. In this unit students will have an opportunity to investigate and critique relevant research that examines and evaluates the contributions of ecopedagogies that inform and shape the field of environmental and sustainability education.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the historical, contemporary and prospective development of environmental education and education for sustainable development
  2. identify how different contexts and sites of environmental learning inform the design and evaluation of ecologically sustainable education
  3. articulate the qualities and characteristics of effective ecopedagogy and environmental learning
  4. develop a case study portraying a case of environmental learning and sustainability education
  5. critically analyse the case study to identify the nature of the design and practices incorporated within it.

Assessment

Essay (4000 words, 50%)
Case study report (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the core understandings and complex relationships that exist between the role of education and learning and the cultural and socio-ecological development of communities. The unit emphasises the importance of community (urban/rural/local/global) resilience in changing times. Educational and development workers working for the resilience of cultures, their communities and their environments will require a wide range of specialised skills in response to emergent issues. In this unit, students will examine different perspectives and languages of learning for sustainable development and critically appraise key local, national and international policy formulations, providers and expectations. It will support students to explore practices and approaches in order to assess the qualities and characteristics of educating for sustainable development and its contribution to sustainability.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand, and evaluate the relationships between learning and socio-ecological community development
  2. review and critically evaluate the literature of development studies in education and education for sustainable development
  3. review perspectives on education for sustainability and the learning languages they adopt
  4. identify the key global, regional and national policy shapers and educational providers in the field: donor agencies (multi-lateral and bi-lateral), non-government agencies, civil society, private sector, government; and how these differ
  5. develop a case study of practices and approaches to education for sustainable development in a local, indigenous, urban/rural, national or global context of relevance
  6. analyse the significance of the case study using the literature around education for sustainable development
  7. reflect on and articulate the qualities, characteristics and socio-cultural sensitivities required of workers for sustainable development.

Assessment

Essay (4000 words, 50%)
Case study report (4000 words, 50%)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the key principles of using system-wide positive behaviour support (PBS) practices. PBS is a framework of practices that help improve the social and learning behaviours of students and decrease disruptions that interfere with instruction in educational settings and communities. The unit examines the wide-ranging research supporting PBS for learners of all age groups including preschool, primary, and secondary school students, and for students with severe emotional behaviours and those with developmental disabilities. Students critically review strategies for designing school-wide/system-wide PBS programs based on evidence and are supported to develop their own PBS strategies that can be used to prevent and/or respond to challenging behaviours in their educational contexts. Consideration is given to the work of leading and sustaining PBS strategies and practices across schools and systems.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the key principles of using a system-wide PBS framework
  2. communicate the rationale for using positive strategies to prevent and respond to challenging behaviours
  3. demonstrate knowledge about a range of PBS strategies and reinforce these through practice
  4. critically review strategies designed to develop whole school-wide/system-wide PBS plans
  5. design a PBS plan that responds to their educational contexts and issues
  6. identify an evidence-based approach that gathers data to underpin the development and evaluation of PBS practices
  7. develop knowledge of broader strategies to lead and sustain PBS practices in schools and/or systems.

Assessment

Critical review of research on PBS practices (3200 words equivalent, 40%)
Designing a professional development program for a school (4800 words, 60%)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julie Harrington

Synopsis

This unit comprises a self-directed project focusing on issues, challenges, concerns, dilemmas or problems derived from a professional workplace context. Students discuss their professional projects with the unit coordinator to select and pursue a research project appropriate to their workplace context and unit requirements. Even though the professional project is self-directed, students are offered guidance, support and feedback over the course of the project. Small group interaction is required to support students to undertake key aspects of their professional inquiry which may be conducted on or off-campus, or a combination of both.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify how to understand and examine a particular workplace issue or concern
  2. use a range of skills in critically examining how to address their issue or concern
  3. access research that is relevant to their professional lives and that impacts on their workplace issue or concern
  4. identify implications for professional thinking and practice that impact on their specific workplace situation
  5. write about their professional practice for specific purposes and audiences.

Assessment

Project plan (1600 words equivalent, 20%)
Project (6400 words, 80%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Penny Round

Synopsis

This unit affirms and builds on participants' professional knowledge and theories of pedagogy to develop and upgrade the practical skills needed to function as effective inclusive teachers. Participants undertake a number of practical activities that allow them to apply attitudes and knowledge developed across the inclusion and special education program. The activities include developing necessary resources to effectively teach learners with different learning needs, effectively teach learners in a variety of settings and working effectively with carers, paraprofessionals and other key stakeholders. For administrative purposes, students who are registered to teach in Australia and seeking professional registration as special educators, will have their placement facilitated through EDF5699 Extended teaching practice, and should enrol concurrently in that unit.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. design effective educational plans for learners with diverse needs
  2. teach effectively in a variety of educational settings
  3. use a variety of teaching strategies
  4. use a range of technology to teach learners with a range of learning needs
  5. work effectively with families and paraprofessionals
  6. apply skills acquired through other courses in special and inclusive education program.

Assessment

Educational plan: developing a detailed educational plan suitable for a special or inclusive education context and a critical review of a teaching strategy (total 4000 words, 50%)
Professional practice portfolio (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)

Synopsis

Research evidence is called upon in a range of contexts to guide and inform policies and practices. This unit focuses on the evidence that is used to make claims, builds students' abilities to evaluate and assess different forms of evidence, and recognises how they may guide choices and decision-making in professional contexts. Students will learn to evaluate research evidence based on the perspectives that framed the research approach, the overall research design, the data collection strategies utilised, data analysis, as well as data presentation. It will make reference to the influences of sociocultural contexts on the research design, execution and analysis. Qualitative and quantitative evidence will be included as students learn to contrast the strengths of each form as they are used individually, sequentially or simultaneously. This will include 'traditional' forms of evidence (such as surveys) and emerging ones (such as videos and photographs). Students will develop their skills to evaluate and use research evidence through evaluative work on specific data sets, and they will also be given the opportunity to locate and evaluate evidence in response to a specific concern of relevance to their professional or educational contexts. In this unit, students will develop their abilities to identify the limitations of research evidence in relation to particular issues as well as to harness research evidence effectively to guide recommendations they might propose.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. distinguish forms of evidence such as quantitative and qualitative evidence and their associated framing paradigms
  2. understand the many ways in which 'data' and its various dimensions can be generated and reported on, and appreciate the potential value and limitations of such data
  3. interpret the strengths of research evidence based on evaluation of data collection strategies, data analysis and presentation of findings
  4. communicate the strengths and limitations of qualitative and quantitative data and evidence generated through a mix of methods
  5. critically scrutinise evidence in response to an issue relevant to a professional context of choice
  6. communicate the findings of a range of evidence to stakeholders in a professional context of relevance and propose recommendations on the basis of evaluated research evidence.

Assessment

Poster presentation and written evaluation of research data (4000 words equivalent, 50%)
Case: harnessing research data (4000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

Prohibitions

EDF6005, EDF6006 and EDF6007


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit positions postgraduate students in education as future leaders in contemporary debates in education. The unit demonstrates how key debates can be identified and apprehended through different research frames. A contemporary issue (for example, school funding; education and employability; international benchmarking; defining evidence and quality in educational research; selective schools) will be used as an example of where and how education debates are constructed in Australia and internationally. Attention is paid to the intellectual trends and traditions on which commentators/researchers draw and to the ways in which people come to be positioned as critical in the debate. This supports students to take their own critical stand in educational debates of relevance to them and position them so that they can make a contribution to ongoing intellectual debate in an area of their interest.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand critical educational debates in Australia and internationally
  2. identify how research conversations are structured
  3. critically evaluate different contributions to educational debates
  4. develop the capacity to contribute to educational debates using a variety of approaches
  5. develop identities as knowledgeable commentators in education.

Assessment

Investigative essay (4000 words, 50%)
Case study (2500 words equivalent, 30%)
Poster presentation and evaluation (1500 words equivalent, 20%)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit positions students as professional inquirers into their practice and presents self-study as an approach through which they may inquire into their practice in rigorous ways. Self-study involves systematic examination of one's own professional practice in order to gain greater understanding, and to make changes that enhance practice. The unit introduces self-study as a research approach for professional/practitioner inquiry. Its features are distinguished, including its qualitative nature and its philosophical standpoints on what counts as 'knowledge' for research purposes. Students identify the forms of data collection and analysis that may be suitable for inquiring into one's own practice. These are applied as students plan to conduct their own small-scale self-study project through which they deepen their learning around their personal and professional identity, their ethical responsibilities and collaborative engagement. The self-study project plan focuses on approaches to interpretation, and how to systematically improve practice within a particular professional context.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify key aspects of self-study research
  2. distinguish between self-study research and other forms of inquiry
  3. appreciate professional inquiry as a dimension of professional practice
  4. identify a research problem/question through inquiry into their own professional practice/context
  5. construct a review of literature relevant to their practice inquiry
  6. plan an approach to professional inquiry that draws on data and proposes forms of analysis and improvement.

Assessment

Self-study activities (1600 words, 20%)
Literature search and review (3200 words, 40%)
Self-study plan (3200 words, 40%)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Anna Filipi (First semester); Dr Jill Brown (Second semester)

Synopsis

This unit affirms and builds on students' professional knowledge and theories of pedagogy to develop and upgrade the practical skills needed to function as effective teachers of TESOL in a variety of contexts. Students are involved in highly practical activities throughout the unit. These include sharing information and communication technology resources and teaching tips, experimenting with different approaches to teaching grammar, developing skills in effective teacher talk, and microteaching and field experience in a range of blended and/or actual educational settings. The microteaching engages students in self-reflection as well as evaluation of their peers based on the professional skills developed in the TESOL program. Students in course 2500 Master of Education specialising in TESOL or TESOL - International, who are registered to teach in Australia and seeking professional registration as TESOL specialists, will have their placement facilitated through EDF5699 Extended teaching practice and should enrol concurrently in that unit.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. consolidate knowledge about the way the English language works as a linguistic system
  2. develop and practise an appropriate meta-language to describe this system to learners at a range of levels
  3. consolidate and practise techniques in presenting and teaching the English language with a focus on both form and meaning
  4. practise techniques that lead students to notice language, culture, content and cognitive strategies in order for them to become more self-regulated learners
  5. practise strategies that maximise opportunities which encourage language use which matches students' real-life needs
  6. become aware of the range of web tools available for teaching English as an additional language and develop effective skills in applying them in their teaching
  7. extend knowledge through professional practice.

Assessment

Professional development: a mini-lesson and a critical review or curriculum development project (4000 words, 50%)
Professional practice portfolio (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

Prohibitions

EDF6238 and EDF6232


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Anna Filipi

Synopsis

This is a unit for teachers registered in Australia who are undertaking professional experience in courses' 2500 Master of Education specialising in TESOL or TESOL - International and 4216 Master in Inclusive and Special Education. Students complete the required number of days and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education) and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed. This unit tracks the requirements for completing professional experience for the relevant course.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. complete the required number of days of professional experience and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit
  2. develop a professional experience folder which records their planning of lessons and self-reflections on their developing professional practice and learning
  3. achieve a satisfactory level of progress in their development as teachers in line with the requirements outlined in the professional experience guide and the practicum report from the students' teaching mentor/s and University professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff).

Fieldwork

2500 Master of Education specialising in TESOL or TESOL - International: 22 days of appropriate practical experiences. 4216 Master in Inclusive and Special Education: 45 days of appropriate practical experiences, including a minimum of 30 days of supervised special education school experience in a variety of settings.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Students enrolled in this unit must complete learning outcomes 1, 2 and 3 in order to gain a pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

Prohibitions

EDF6238


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Helen Grimmett (Berwick); Ms Nerissa Albon (Gippsland); Dr Clare Hall (Peninsula)

Synopsis

This units consists of two modules: module 1: Creativity and the arts and module 2 : Physical education, health, wellbeing and sustainable environments. Module 1 explores a range of pedagogical approaches to teaching and learning in the arts, and critically examines current theoretical perspectives in the arts and arts education research. Students develop their competencies and involvement in a range of art forms, such as visual art, music, dance, drama, media and literature, and in doing so gain an understanding of the content, processes and skills as they relate to children's development and learning in the arts. The module involves planning and implementation of a range of arts learning experiences for children, including a focus on integrating the arts across the curriculum. A focal point of the unit will be on nurturing student creativity and critical thinking skills and developing their self-efficacy as teachers of the arts.
Module 2 examines the health and wellbeing of people, places and communities locally and globally and critically examines theoretical perspectives related to health and wellbeing. Students explore a range of pedagogical and theoretical approaches to teaching and learning in health, physical and environmental education with the express purpose of providing for the wellbeing of both teachers and learners in a variety of educational and community settings. The module focuses on the content, processes and skills of health and wellbeing, physical education and environmental sustainability using cross-disciplinary approaches, and develops students' competency and confidence in providing developmentally appropriate and fundamental movement activities leading to physical education and health promotion in outdoor and indoor learning environments. The module will also provide the opportunity to explore different lenses for making sense of our world and expressing differing viewpoints drawing upon students' experiences across these two modules.
Both modules address issues related to information and communication technologies, sustainability, inclusion and diversity in teaching through experiential tasks.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate a critical understanding of recent trends and curriculum in arts education and physical education, health and wellbeing across educational environments both within Australia and internationally
  2. plan and implement learning experiences that focus on the arts, and on movement, environment and community in outdoor and indoor settings, and which cater for children of diverse backgrounds and abilities and draw on a range of effective and inclusive teaching strategies
  3. develop units of work that include a focus on integrating the arts across the curriculum including connections between the arts, literacies and information and communication technologies
  4. explore and develop their own arts skills and pedagogical practices in the arts,
  5. explore and develop their own strategies for health and wellbeing for their future in the teaching profession
  6. identify, evaluate and interpret a range of relevant curriculum documents and resources for teaching the arts, and health and wellbeing
  7. apply a variety of assessment approaches including observation, creation of and participation in collaborative project
  8. identify and work with the concept of 'community' and community-based resources for the development of educational sustainability.

Assessment

Module 1: collaborative arts education project (4000 words equivalent , 50%)
Module 2: curriculum development and evaluation task (4000 words equivalent , 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 21 hours of independent study per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Gillian Kidman (Berwick); Dr Hongming Ma (Gippsland); Dr Nathan Brubaker (Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit consists of two modules: module 1: Science and technology and module 2: Humanities and social sciences.
Module 1 examines key theoretical and pedagogical perspectives and issues in the teaching of science and technology with children, with emphasis on developing children's skills of working scientifically, designing and making products. Students are introduced to a range of appropriate curriculum documents and a variety of teaching strategies used in schools including planning lessons, implementing, monitoring learning and reporting. The module addresses important conceptual ideas and processes about embedding science and technology into classroom learning, understanding science as a human endeavour and the differences in learning progressions in science and technology.
Module 2 examines how school students can learn to understand the world through history, economics, geography and citizenship education and through cross-cultural and multi-disciplinary lenses on the world. This includes understandings of the range of cultural experiences within both Australian and global communities. Students also engage with theoretical, philosophical, pedagogical viewpoints and assessment strategies that address issues related to the themes of Indigenous Australia, environmental sustainability, and Asia and the world. The module develops understanding of how educators can embrace diversity and teach for social justice, and how events shape our societies and places within them. The module will also provide the opportunity to explore different lenses for making sense of our world drawing upon students' experiences across these two modules.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this student students should be able to:

  1. understand how students learn and develop understanding in science and technology, the humanities and social sciences
  2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of the concepts and structure of the content and diverse teaching strategies including working scientifically, designing and making products
  3. demonstrate understanding of discipline-based and interdisciplinary learning in the humanities and social sciences
  4. plan lesson sequences in science and technology, the humanities and social sciences, using knowledge of student learning, content and effective teaching strategies and a range of resources, including information and communication technology
  5. demonstrate the capacity to monitor, assess and interpret student learning in ways that acknowledge and engage with diversity and diverse learners using a variety of assessment methods, and modify teaching practices appropriately
  6. develop understanding of democratic practice and equity in communities
  7. show socio-cultural awareness and positive views of students from diverse backgrounds
  8. understand the ways in which historical, economic, geographical, political cross-cultural and multi-disciplinary knowledges shape communities and schools
  9. understand the range of cultural experiences within Australian and global communities and the ways in which many cultures have changed the nature of Australian society
  10. assess learners in ways that acknowledge and engage with diversity and diverse learners using a variety of assessment methods
  11. reflect critically on their beliefs about how teachers might contribute to social justice.

Assessment

Module 1: integrated unit of work (planned, implemented and evaluated) (4000 words equivalent, 50%)
Module 2: seminar presentation (2000 words equivalent , 25%)
Curriculum research project (2000 words equivalent , 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 21 hours of independent study per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jane Kirkby (Berwick); Dr Jennifer Rennie (Peninsula, Day); Dr Timothy Fish (Peninsula, Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is Part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part B (EDF5712).

Synopsis

This unit is the first of two units (also EDF5712 English literacies and policy contexts B) that focus on the role and nature of literacy education in schools and aims to establish a critical understanding of the inter-relationships of policy initiatives and directives with educational practices in schools and the community. Students explore connections between home, community and school literacy practices, within the context of a socially and culturally diverse world influenced by technological change, international testing of literacy, the international rights of children, and published policies of global entities (OECD, UNESCO). The unit also critically examines Australia's national, state and local policies and practices, including professional standards, curriculum and assessment. Students also enhance their personal literacies to communicate effectively as members of the teaching profession. With an emphasis on the early years of school the unit explores effective pedagogies to enhance children's oral language, reading, writing and visual literacies taking into account issues related to information and communication technology. It emphasises the place of literacy in the development of autonomous and lifelong learners.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit students should be able to:

  1. identify and critically examine a range of theoretical perspectives on literacies, and English and literacy learning with a particular focus on early literacy
  2. explore and develop students' own English and literacy skills and pedagogical practices
  3. assess, plan and implement effective and inclusive English and literacy learning experiences for young children which reflect the complex nature of English and literacy teaching and learning in an increasingly diverse social and cultural world influenced by technological and social change
  4. develop knowledge and understanding of effective ways to plan, teach and assess learning experiences to develop young children's early reading, writing and oral language skills
  5. become competent in their personal literacies, including a range of information and communication technologies
  6. examine and reflect critically on a range of education policy issues and debates for educators in contemporary local, national and global contexts and their implications for educators.

Assessment

Essay (1500 words, 40%)
Planning task (2500 words equivalent, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 10 hours of self-directed study per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jane Kirkby (Berwick); Dr Jennifer Rennie (Peninsula, Day); Dr Timothy Fish (Peninsula, Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is Part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with Part A (EDF5711).

Synopsis

This unit is the second of two units (also EDF5711 English literacies and policy contexts A) that focus on the role and nature of literacy education in schools and aims to extend a critical understanding of the inter-relationships of policy initiatives and directives with educational practices in schools and the community. Students continue to explore the importance of making between home, community and school literacy practices, within the context of a socially and culturally diverse world influenced by technological change, international testing of literacy, the international rights of children, and published policies of global entities (OECD, UNESCO). With a particular focus on the middle and upper primary years the unit explores effective pedagogies to enhance children's oral language, reading, writing and visual literacies taking into account issues related to information and communication technology.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit students should be able to:

  1. identify and critically examine a range of theoretical perspectives on literacies, and English and literacy learning
  2. explore and develop students' own English and literacy skills and pedagogical practices
  3. assess, plan and implement effective and inclusive English and literacy learning experiences for middle and upper primary learners which reflect the complex nature of English and literacy teaching and learning in an increasingly diverse social and cultural world influenced by technological and social change
  4. develop knowledge and understanding of effective ways to plan, teach and assess learning experiences to develop children's reading, writing and oral language in the middle and upper primary years
  5. become competent in their personal literacies, including a range of information and communication technologies.

Assessment

Digital resource (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Planning task (2000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 10 hours of self-directed study per week

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Annie Mitchell (Berwick); Dr Jill Cheeseman (Peninsula, Day); Dr Wee Tiong Seah Peninsula, Off-campus)

Notes

This unit is part A of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part B (EDF5714).

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the role and nature of mathematics in schools and develops in students a critical understanding of the societal and cultural diversity that surrounds and informs teaching. It investigates how numeracy is explicit and implicit in the creation of an inclusive curriculum and the impact of international testing of numeracy/mathematics teaching. Students develop knowledge, skills and attitudes about teaching and learning in school mathematics, informed by educational research and policy, both locally and internationally. They examine how mathematical learning might be facilitated by the appropriate harnessing of learning technologies and calculators, and the impact of affective (eg motivation and engagement) and sociocultural (eg socioeconomic status, ethnicity) factors. The personal numeracy required to critically engage with data about schooling and education is also addressed.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit students should be able to:

  1. develop their understanding of key concepts in primary school mathematics and numeracy teaching, including the difference between numeracy and mathematics
  2. examine personal assumptions about teaching and learning, reflecting upon contemporary discussions in the research, professional and societal communities
  3. plan for effective teaching that supports children's learning
  4. assess authentically, efficiently and effectively children's mathematics and numeracy learning using a range of techniques
  5. use and integrate learning technologies (including calculators, interactive whiteboards and tablets) in teaching
  6. demonstrate an awareness and understanding of the relationship between teacher attitudes and beliefs and how they influence student engagement
  7. develop personal numeracy and statistical literacy.

Assessment

Annotated bibliography (2000 words, 50%)
Lesson planning task (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 2-3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • self-directed study per week to make up the required minimum hours


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Annie Mitchell (Berwick); Dr Karina Wilkie (Peninsula)

Notes

This unit is part B of a two-part unit and must be taken in conjunction with part A (EDF5713).

Synopsis

This unit builds on the foundations laid in EDF5713 Mathematics, numeracy and learner engagement A, in deepening understanding of how the role and nature of mathematics in schools develops in students a critical understanding of the societal and cultural diversity that surrounds and informs teaching. It investigates how numeracy is explicit and implicit in the creation of an inclusive curriculum and the impact of international testing of numeracy/mathematics teaching. Students develop knowledge, skills and attitudes about teaching and learning in school mathematics, informed by educational research and policy, both locally and internationally. This unit addresses current understandings and practices related to differentiated curricula that engage students with diverse intellectual, emotional and social abilities. It also examines the cognitive mechanisms that relate to learning disabilities, and to gifted/talented learning. Students also further develop the personal numeracy required to critically engage with data about schooling and education.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of the unit students should be able to:

  1. extend their understanding of key concepts in primary school mathematics and numeracy teaching, including the difference between numeracy and mathematics
  2. understand the diversity that surrounds and embeds teaching and learning in educational settings and demonstrate how this is linked to student motivation, engagement and achievement
  3. plan for effective teaching that supports children's learning
  4. assess authentically, efficiently and effectively children's mathematics and numeracy learning using a range of techniques
  5. use and integrate learning technologies (including calculators, interactive whiteboards and tablets) in teaching
  6. demonstrate an awareness and understanding of the relationship between teacher attitudes and beliefs and how they influence student engagement
  7. describe key principles of an inclusive approach to teaching and learning and how these relate to mathematics and numeracy across the curriculum
  8. further develop personal numeracy and statistical literacy.

Assessment

Teaching activity (2000 words equivalent, 50%)
Research task (2000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 1 hour lecture per week
  • 2 hour tutorial per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • self-directed study per week to make up the required minimum hours

Prerequisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester (extended) 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Rosalyn Black (Berwick); Dr Elizabeth Tudball (Clayton)

Synopsis

This unit develops an understanding of education policy and its various discourses in global, national, local and institutional contexts. Students explore the inter-relationships of policy discourses with educational practices in schools, the community, educational systems, professional associations, and globally coordinated projects. The unit explores international testing of literacy/numeracy, the international rights of children, and published policies of global entities (OECD, UNESCO), as well as Australia's national, state and local policies and practices, such as professional standards, curriculum, assessment, diversity, social inclusivity, information and communication technology (ICT) and Indigenous peoples.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. examine a range of education policy issues and dilemmas for educators in contemporary local, national and global contexts
  2. demonstrate an understanding of the pedagogical implications for educators within a range of education policies
  3. articulate an understanding of the multi-faceted and complex nature of educational policy and discourses at global, national, local and institutional levels
  4. apply their understanding of the inter-relationships between educational policy and practice in a range of educational settings
  5. evaluate and critique their own practice as educators in relation to policy imperatives and professional obligations, including the particular needs of students in their care
  6. reflect critically on themselves and their relationship to current educational policy debates.

Assessment

School investigation and reflection (3200 words, 40%)
Research project (4800 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Berwick First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Professor Simone White (Berwick, Day); Thanh Pham (Berwick, Off-campus); Ms Kelly Carabott (Berwick, Off-campus); Dr Stephen Keast (Clayton); Dr Evan Ortlieb (Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit focuses on learning and teaching in schools across a range of educational contexts and develops pre-service teachers' professional capacity to engage in educational inquiry about pedagogy, curriculum and assessment. Students draw upon principles of educational psychology and theories of learning to develop an understanding of how people learn in different contexts and educators plan to achieve successful learning outcomes. The unit highlights the centrality of language and communication to all teaching and learning. Students critically inquire into the relationships and modes of communication most conducive to creating productive learning environments.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically examine personal beliefs, values and experiences about learning and teaching, communication and motivation
  2. demonstrate an awareness of the central role of language in learning
  3. apply an understanding of theoretical views of learning and classroom management to the planning of learner-centred teaching
  4. plan and build positive learning environments and relationships through effective communication
  5. plan the creative use of a range of learning resources in their teaching
  6. apply a variety of pedagogical approaches that engage school students in their learning and assessment
  7. apply concepts and theories from educational psychology and philosophy to analyse, reconsider and question school-based experiences and improve their teaching
  8. plan a unit of work designed to develop cross-curricula skills
  9. critically enquire into various curricula, teaching and assessment practices to determine their educative value.

Assessment

Peer teaching and reflection (2000 words equivalent, 25%)
Curriculum and resource development (2500 words or equivalent, 30%)
Analysis of academic literature (3500 words, 45%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Berwick Second semester (extended) 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jane Kirkby (Berwick); Dr Angela Mornane (Clayton, Day); Ms Sarah Rutherford (Clayton, Off-campus); Mr David MacDonald (Gippsland, Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit develops a critical understanding of the societal and cultural diversity that surrounds and informs teaching in a wide range of educational settings. It investigates how literacy and numeracy are explicit and implicit in the creation of an inclusive curriculum. It addresses significant aspects of adolescent development in the context of teacher education, as well as current understandings and practices related to differentiated curricula that engage students with diverse intellectual, emotional and social abilities. Historical and contemporary relationships between schooling, social justice and social inclusion are analysed and discussed.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop an understanding of the societal diversity that surrounds and embeds teaching and learning in educational settings and demonstrate how this is linked to student motivation, engagement, achievement and well-being
  2. demonstrate an awareness and understanding of the relationship between teacher attitudes and beliefs and how they influence student engagement
  3. articulate theories of adolescent development from sociological and psychological viewpoints and access relevant information on aspects of adolescent intellectual, emotional and social development, specifically in relation to students with diverse abilities
  4. reflect critically on the social and cultural contexts that influence education at the international, national, local, and personal level
  5. describe key principles of an inclusive approach to teaching and learning and how these relate to literacy and numeracy across the curriculum
  6. identify contemporary pedagogical practices that inform the development of differentiated curricula
  7. evaluate and critique how teacher, student and societal attitudes towards socio-economic status, gender, sexuality, ethnicity, indigeneity, giftedness and special needs influence the capacity to foster student engagement.

Assessment

A teaching activity (2000 words equivalent, 30%)
Contribution to portfolio (resource development project) (3000 words, 35%)
A research task (3000 words, 35%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Gippsland First semester 2014 (Day)
Peninsula First semester 2014 (Day)
Berwick Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Gillian Kidman (Berwick, First semester); Ms Julie Faulkner (Berwick, Second semester); Ms Maria Gindidis (Clayton); Dr Margaret Plunkett (Gippsland, Day); Dr Judy Williams (Peninsula)

Synopsis

This unit focuses on education as a scholarly discipline and teaching as a profession. Students apply evidence-based processes, which enable their ongoing professional learning and their transition from pre-service teacher to teacher and teacher-researcher. Students consider the nature of teachers' work, including ethical, professional, industrial, legal, emotional, intellectual and physical dimensions. They develop a sense of their emerging professional identities and engage in evidence-based articulations of their beliefs, values, and commitments as beginning teachers. A range of research methodologies are introduced and teacher professional standards are critically examined.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. engage critically with the social, political and cultural contexts of teaching as a profession, including policies and standards
  2. recognise and respond to the range and depth of teachers' work (including ethical, professional, industrial, legal, emotional, intellectual and physical dimensions)
  3. articulate their beliefs, values, commitments, and identities as professional educators, and demonstrate these through documented evidence
  4. cultivate collaborative approaches to teaching, learning, and reflective practice
  5. engage in deep, authentic, and critical reflection about their work and responsibilities as professional educators (including planning for learning, engaging students in their learning and effective classroom management)
  6. understand the ways in which ongoing professional learning and teacher research enable professional educators to respond to the challenges and pressures facing the profession.

Assessment

Group presentation response (2400 words equivalent, 30%)
Critical reflection (2400 words equivalent, 30%)
Personal teaching positioning statement and professional portfolio contributions (3200 words equivalent, 40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Mr John Pardy

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to applied learning pedagogies. The Victorian Certificate of Applied Learning (VCAL) was introduced as a senior secondary schooling option in 2002. Applied learning as made available through VCAL offers a pathways approach to participation in Years 10-12. Pathways approaches to schooling rests upon teachers drawing upon academic, vocational education and training (VET), community participation and work-based learning opportunities to tailor schooling to meet the diverse learning needs of students who are not interested in or engaged with the mainstream curriculum. In this unit students will develop the skills, knowledge and capabilities to develop pathways learning options. More specifically students in this unit will examine the curriculum requirements of VCAL. In doing this students will explore the various ways in which the VCAL subjects literacy and numeracy, personal development, industry specialist study and work related skills can be taught and assessed.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify the key policy and curriculum issues underpinning applied learning and pathways education
  2. design and develop applied learning resources to foster engagement in schooling
  3. plan assessment strategies for applied learning and pathways education

Assessment

Applied learning as a schooling option essay (4000 words, 50%)
Applied learning portfolio (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedBerwick First semester 2014 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Susanne Garvis

Synopsis

This unit is designed for both pre-service teachers and professionals who perform teaching roles in workplaces such as: community, business, TAFE, schools or other diverse contexts. The unit focuses on the increasing need to think creatively and practice creatively and the nature of arguments that promote and support this. It develops students' capacities and understandings of the character of creative pedagogies, their place, their purpose and their impact in contemporary society. It positions students to critically evaluate creative teaching and learning practice using the wide body of literature on creativity, arts, imagination and innovation. This includes the impact of creative pedagogies on working relationships and on the communities in which they are engaged. Students trial a range of creative pedagogies through a hands-on approach to learning. Through a range of practical exercises, students develop skills in imagination, critical thinking, problem solving, collaboration, generative exploration and risk-taking and reflect on these experiences as they expand their teaching repertoire to respond to various learning contexts.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding of the aims, approaches and resources relevant to creativity and innovation as reflected in local, national and international curriculum, educational and economic policy documents
  2. critically evaluate the discourses in which concepts of creativity, imagination and innovation are advanced
  3. develop and consolidate skills in imaginative thinking, creative collaboration and problem-solving, and arts-based pedagogies
  4. create innovative approaches to engage learning in educational contexts of relevance
  5. articulate the impact of creative pedagogies on relationships within the contexts in which they are employed
  6. construct and articulate an informed and critical perspective to guide action to nurture the creative and imaginative dispositions of both young people and adult peers in a range of learning communities.

Assessment

Creative collaboration (4800 words, 60%)
Creative pedagogies portfolio or critical essay (3200 words, 40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

This unit applies to the following area(s) of study


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Anne Harris

Synopsis

This unit offers students the opportunity to learn about creative research methods and how to apply practical and theoretical knowledge to inquiry projects across school, workplace and community contexts. Students learn about the growing discourses of arts-based research, such as video, performance, ethnodrama and computer-mediated arts methods. Using this knowledge, students design and implement a small project. They work collaboratively to develop their project with an organisation of relevance to them. They are encouraged to critically examine the links between creativity, building community and social inclusion. No previous experience or expertise in the arts is required to participate and excel in this unit.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate an understanding and appropriate application of arts-based research theory and practices
  2. inquire through an applied project, into the collaborative, diverse and dynamic nature of spaces, places and practices among individuals, communities and in societies
  3. demonstrate a capacity to critically reflect, evaluate and improve knowledge within a creative research context.

Assessment

Independent study (internship) (4000 words, 50%)
Case study research report (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

Prohibitions

EDF6005 and EDF6007


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Iris Duhn

Synopsis

This unit examines concepts of childhood in diverse cultural, socio-political and historical contexts to critically investigate the intersection of childhood, educational practices, policies and theories, and professional conduct. The analytical framework draws on the sociology of childhood and critical childhood studies to engage with the challenges, tensions and potential of conceptualising childhood in the twenty-first century. Specifically, this unit addresses how concepts of childhood govern children's participation in diverse contexts; how issues of environmental and social justice affect children and their communities at global, regional and local levels; and how gender, ethnicity and race relations embedded in concepts of childhood have historically governed children's everyday lives.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop critical understandings of the intersection of concepts of childhood and children's lives across time and place
  2. generate and apply innovative pedagogical practices that respond to changes in childhood
  3. demonstrate advanced critical analytical and research skills.

Assessment

Narrative-based portfolio: historical analysis of diverse childhoods (4000 words, 50%)
Seminar presentation and digital poster, including video, text and images (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 1 hour lecture per week
  • 2 hour seminar/workshop per week

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours during the semester


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Gloria Quinones

Synopsis

This unit investigates how children from birth to eight years learn valued cultural forms of knowledge (e.g. art, science and technology) through play in a range of contexts, including homes. A key feature of this unit is a critique of the various expressions of play and the associated pedagogies that are used in early years education globally. Play is not value free, and students examine what is afforded when different play pedagogies are used in art, science and technology education. The unit supports students to learn about the role of play in design technology, the arts, and science; the relationships between philosophy, theory and pedagogy; and to develop a personal understanding and response to play and pedagogy in curriculum design.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. use philosophy and learning theories to critique the cultural expressions of play from a range of cultures and communities
  2. document and analyse everyday scientific and technological play practices of children aged birth to eight years in order to identify and build upon the everyday scientific understandings of young children
  3. understand and critique the cultural nature of the arts, science and technology and how this develops informally in a range of learning contexts, such as playgroups, families, schools, child care centres and preschools
  4. understand and develop play pedagogies and curriculum for the arts, science and design technologies that focus on the birth to eight period.

Assessment

Mapping and analysis of science, technology and the art in the everyday environment of children from birth to eight years (4000 words equivalent, 50%)
Curriculum project that examines the relations between play and learning in curriculum for the arts, science and design technology across the birth to eight period (4000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 hour workshop/seminar per week

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours during the semester


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Janet Scull

Synopsis

In this unit students engage critically in historical and comparative analysis of early childhood curriculum. Students explore curriculum theories, socio-political, cultural and economic dimensions of curriculum practice, including design implementation, assessment and evaluation. The unit is focused on both international developments in curricula and local contexts of curricula design, such as the Australian Early Years Learning Framework (EYLF), Victorian Early Years Learning and Development Framework (VEYLDF) and ACARA national curriculum for Aboriginal and Torres Strait Islander Children's Cultural Needs, and examines these with reference to other international curriculum documents. Students apply their knowledge of curriculum design and implementation to facilitate children's learning and development from birth to transition to school.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate comprehensive knowledge and understanding of program planning and curriculum delivery, and analyse the elements that frame curriculum theories, design and implementation
  2. critically reflect on and apply curriculum elements to program planning and delivery in diverse early childhood and primary educational settings
  3. reflect, analyse and critique the impacts of economic and political influences on curriculum development and implementation
  4. critically examine and evaluate local and international curriculum documents while interpreting and assessing their theoretical underpinnings and relevance to different cultural contexts
  5. develop and apply appropriate curriculum theory leading to the development of pedagogical and cultural awareness to meet the needs of diverse children and families.

Assessment

Document analysis (3500 words, 40%)
Practitioner research project (4500 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 hour workshop/seminar per week

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours during the semester


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This unit examines the contextual factors that influence children's relationships within families and communities and how these build meaningful participation that supports children's learning and development. Using the concepts of inter-agency collaboration, students explore the complex needs of children and families in a spirit of community partnership and sustainable communities. Students critically investigate issues of disability, inclusion, ethnicity, indigeneity, living in rural, urban and remote communities, government interventions and policies. The unit also focuses on children's health, diverse childrearing practices and the nexus between the social and physical environment with a view towards sustainable living. Students develop an awareness of the importance of leadership to engage critically and ethically in working with children, families and communities and apply this to their professional practice. The unit emphasises strong communication skills to facilitate the developing role of early childhood educators as advocates for the wellbeing of children and families.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. analyse the child's development and learning in the context of families and communities, and identify supports and challenges presented
  2. identify and critically discuss the broad nature of contextual issues influencing children's development within families and communities in rural, remote and urban settings
  3. demonstrate critical awareness of the interrelationship between the social and the material environment and its influence on children and families
  4. critically engage with concepts, practice, prospects and challenges of inter-agency collaboration and partnerships in addressing children's needs
  5. demonstrate understanding of theories and practices of leadership and their role in developing leadership capacity in the profession
  6. implement and promote ethical practices in professional work with children, families and communities.

Assessment

Task 1: Critical analysis of a contemporary issue related to families and communities (4000 words, 50%)
Task 2: Select either A or B
A: Research project investigating children, families and communities (4000 words, 50%)
B: Leadership project (4000 words, 50%)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester

Prohibitions


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Janet Scull

Synopsis

This unit explores early literacy and numeracy as core life skills within the context of a broad range of cultural knowledges. The unit investigates a range of modes of communication (multiliteracies) to tease out the knowledge processes of experiencing, conceptualising, analysing and applying knowledge. This includes reference to music, movement, dance, storytelling, visual arts, media and drama, as well as talking, viewing, reading and writing as multiple literacy forms. The unit also covers early numeracy concepts, numbers, mathematical thinking, reasoning, measurement, patterns, spatial awareness, problem solving, collection and analysis of data and how these link to the demands of learning at school, work, home and community. Students understand how to build children's communicative intentions, confidence and capacity. They apply approaches to expand children's literacy and numeracy concepts to enable creative and critical interactions across a range of modes and digital settings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop in-depth understanding of the nature of early literacy and numeracy development in context of everyday life across families and cultures
  2. apply discipline knowledge and competency in literacy and numeracy to the education of young children
  3. understand teaching of the elements of numeracy and literacy across all curriculum areas including the creative arts
  4. use understandings of cross-cultural knowledge of mathematical and literacy development for designing effective pedagogies and programs for literacy and numeracy learning
  5. build the capacity to lead literacy and numeracy learning and to support children in their efforts to expand standards of literacy and numeracy
  6. apply effective literacy and/or numeracy practices in a context of relevance.

Assessment

Task 1: Analysis and critique of current literature to develop structures and processes for teaching literacy and numeracy (4000 words equivalent, 50%)
Task 2: Select either A or B
A: Research paper on literacy/numeracy (4000 words equivalent, 50%)
B: Professional learning (4000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 27 contact hours and 9 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
Monash Passport categoryInternship (Act Program)
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sivanes Phillipson

Synopsis

This unit critiques contemporary theories of child development (developmental, cultural-historical, socio-behaviourist, critical and post-structuralist) in relation to provision of early childhood education and care from birth to eight years. Child development theories underpin the work of all early childhood educators. In this unit, students critically analyse different theoretical underpinnings of contemporary practices and examine how the educator is positioned as a leader of child development. The ways in which contemporary child development theories may support or hinder the child's development are linked to current curriculum principles and practices and brought to life for students using examples drawn from contemporary practices.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate in-depth knowledge and understanding of contemporary theories of child development that underpin children's development and learning
  2. link theoretical knowledge on child development to pedagogical practice and curriculum design
  3. analyse and critique different child development theories in relation to what the theories afford for children's development, when on theory is used or another
  4. demonstrate insight into various cultural contexts that shape children's development, learning and agency
  5. apply theoretical knowledge to support the developmental and learning needs of diverse children.

Assessment

Written report (3500 words, 40%)
Research project (4500 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 1 hour lecture per week
  • 2 hour workshop/seminar per week

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to make up the required minimum hours during the semester


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester (extended) 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sivanes Phillipson

Synopsis

This core unit is designed for early childhood professionals in order to enhance their own professional practice. Students will engage in a critical analysis of early childhood research that informs their practice and the practice of others. The characteristics of early childhood educational research are discussed, particularly as this relates to constructing appropriate questions or problems for investigation, critical review of literature, and research design. Students will engage with early childhood research that challenges traditional thinking.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically read and analyse early childhood research literature
  2. understand the relationship between epistemology, methods, and methodology in the early years research
  3. understand ethical practices in early childhood research
  4. lead evidence-based research to inform practice in early childhood education.

Assessment

Written assignment (4000 words, 50%)
Written assignment (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 21 hours independent study per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedPeninsula First semester (extended) 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Nikolay Veresov

Synopsis

This unit addresses the increasing demands placed upon service administrators and professionals working in a range of service areas seeking to improve skills and knowledge with respect to three specific domains: pedagogical practice, administration and management and leadership skills. Students orient themselves to an early childhood community and through a research inquiry examine the pedagogical practices within it. Effective pedagogical and administrative leadership provides the intellectual tools to support the development of inclusive, culturally safe and secure places for all citizens who participate in early childhood services.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. display knowledge and understanding of skills in leadership of early childhood professionals
  2. demonstrate knowledge and understanding of management and administrative policy and procedure
  3. display awareness of local and global perspectives on education in early childhood
  4. demonstrate familiarity with policies on inclusion and equitable service delivery.

Assessment

Project report (4500 words, 60%)
Service report (3500 words, 40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • 21 hours independent study per week


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)

Synopsis

This is the first unit for professional experience in the Master of Teaching (Early Years) course. Students complete 15 days' professional experience in Long Day Care Centre (early childhood centre with 3 to 5 year olds) and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education) and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed. The unit provides the means for teaching in the birth to two years' group, and is the second of four professional experience units.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. build their own professional relationships with children, families and staff colleagues through observing and contributing to existing centre practices
  2. systematically observe and analyse children in the centre context, drawing upon knowledge of contemporary child development theories
  3. actively participate in centre routines and practices, and when possible contribute to organised learning activities for children already planned by the staff colleagues
  4. collaborate with professional colleagues to reflect on personal professional learning and development
  5. demonstrate inclusive practices that respect and draw on knowledge of young children and their families' diverse social, cultural, religious and ethnic community contexts
  6. become familiar with the current practices for supporting learning in childcare settings, including having some insight into what staff colleagues use to guide and support their practices (e.g. documents)
  7. demonstrate some understanding of, and gain some skills in organising small group learning experiences for children aged three to five years.

Fieldwork

15 days

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Students enrolled in this unit must complete all learning outcomes in order to gain a pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • students must either attend on-campus briefing sessions or take responsibility to view the online recorded version of professional experience briefing sessions for their course

(b.) Attendance requirements for off-campus students:

  • students are not required to attend on-campus sessions but must take responsibility to view the online recorded version of the professional experience briefing sessions

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • professional experience: students must attend their professional experience days and meet the required number of days as outlined in the professional experience guide for this unit

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)

Synopsis

This is a unit for professional experience in the Master of Teaching (Early Years) course. Students complete the required number of days and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education) and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed. The unit provides the means for teaching in the birth to two years' group, and is the second of four professional experience units.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. foster their own professional relationships with infants and toddlers, their families, and staff colleagues
  2. specifically plan experiences for infants and toddlers that explicitly draw on contemporary child development theories and play-based pedagogical practices
  3. effectively make and analyse observations of infant and toddler everyday learning in the arts, science, technology, literacy and numeracy
  4. plan, organise and evaluate learning activities for infants and toddlers that support the arts, science, technology, literacy and numeracy
  5. collaborate with professional colleagues to reflect on personal professional learning and development in relation to organising learning experiences specifically for infants and toddlers
  6. demonstrate inclusive practices that respect and draw on knowledge of infant and toddlers and their families' diverse social, cultural, religious and ethnic community contexts
  7. be familiar with current policy frameworks that frame early childhood education (birth to 2) at local, national and international levels
  8. demonstrate sensitivity and expert understanding of how to interact effectively with infants and toddlers.

Fieldwork

10 days

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Students enrolled in this unit must complete learning outcomes 1, 2 and 3 in order to gain a pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • students must either attend on-campus briefing sessions or take responsibility to view the online recorded version of professional experience briefing sessions for their course

(b.) Attendance requirements for off-campus students:

  • students are not required to attend on-campus sessions but must take responsibility to view the online recorded version of the professional experience briefing sessions

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • professional experience: students must attend their professional experience days and meet the required number of days as outlined in the professional experience guide for this unit

Co-requisites


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)

Synopsis

This is the third unit for professional experience in the Master of Teaching (Early Years) course. Students complete 15 days in the five to eight years' group and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education) and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. foster professional relationships with children, families, and staff colleagues within the context of the primary school where you are located
  2. systematically plan, implement and evaluate curricular practices (including early literacy and numeracy) and teaching approaches that draw on explicit links to children's experiences in the primary school, family and community settings
  3. effectively participate in and organise children's activities in the school, drawing upon current learning in pedagogy, curricula development and child development theory
  4. collaborate with professional colleagues to reflect on personal professional learning and development
  5. demonstrate inclusive practices that respect and draw on knowledge of young children and their families' diverse social, cultural, religious and ethnic community contexts
  6. be familiar with current policy frameworks and curricula that frame learning for children in the early years of school (e.g. ACARA curricula), and any other documents and practices that are relevant (e.g. transition statements)
  7. experience and demonstrate understanding of what is involved in the transition processes of early childhood learning that occur across home, school and community.

Fieldwork

15 days

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Students enrolled in this unit must complete all learning outcomes in order to gain a pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • students must either attend on-campus briefing sessions or take responsibility to view the online recorded version of professional experience briefing sessions for their course

(b.) Attendance requirements for off-campus students:

  • students are not required to attend on-campus sessions but must take responsibility to view the online recorded version of the professional experience briefing sessions

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • professional experience: students must attend their professional experience days and meet the required number of days as outlined in the professional experience guide for this unit


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)

Synopsis

This is the fourth and final unit for professional experience in the Master of Teaching (Early Years) course. Students complete 20 days in the four to five years' group and the activities specified in the professional experience guide for this unit. Students' learning is supported by professional experience advisers and tutors (or relevant academic staff in the Faculty of Education) and by teacher mentors in the education setting in which they are placed.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. systematically plan, design, implement and evaluate research led and intentional curriculum practices that draw on explicit links to diverse children's experiences in their families and communities
  2. effectively engage children in learning through explorations of constructive and meaningful activities as informed by contemporary child development theories
  3. collaborate ethically and professionally with colleagues to reflect and assess their own personal professional learning and development
  4. foster professional relationships with children, families, and staff colleagues
  5. effectively participate in and organise children's activities in the preschool setting
  6. demonstrate inclusive practices that respect and draw on knowledge of young children and their families' diverse social, cultural, religious and ethnic community contexts
  7. be familiar with current policy frameworks that frame early childhood education (birth to 8) at local, national and international levels and make use of relevant documents for the preschool setting
  8. demonstrate capacity for full centre control, and understandings about how contemporary perspectives in early childhood education are implemented in practice within preschool setting.

Fieldwork

20 days

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Students enrolled in this unit must complete all learning outcomes in order to gain a pass grade only assessment. Students must complete and document their learning with detailed records of their planning and reflection on their practice during their professional experience.

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • students must either attend on-campus briefing sessions or take responsibility to view the online recorded version of professional experience briefing sessions for their course

(b.) Attendance requirements for off-campus students:

  • students are not required to attend on-campus sessions but must take responsibility to view the online recorded version of the professional experience briefing sessions

(c.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • professional experience: students must attend their professional experience days and meet the required number of days as outlined in the professional experience guide for this unit

Co-requisites

enrolment in a level 5 EDF unit


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Ms Hazel Tan

Synopsis

The unit consists of two modules: module 1 provides an overview of significant debates about the nature of knowledge and different research approaches in the fields of social science and education, including ethical issues in research, and module 2 introduces quantitative research approaches. The unit will enable students to develop skills in formulating research questions, using survey and other quantitative research designs, and in collecting, analysing and interpreting quantitative data. Students will be invited to consider validity and reliability issues, as well as the assumptions and knowledge claims in quantitative research.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand different research perspectives and methodologies in the field of education and social sciences
  2. have an awareness of their ethical responsibilities when undertaking research
  3. reflect on the meanings and motivations they bring to the research endeavour
  4. perceive the interconnections between research questions, data forums, research methodologies and methods
  5. formulate research questions, hypotheses and accompanying study designs
  6. understand assumptions and issues of validity and reliability underpinning quantitative research
  7. understand the uses of basic descriptive and inferential statistics
  8. adopt conventions for reporting statistical findings
  9. interpret and critically evaluate reports of quantitative research.

Assessment

Research paper (4000 words, 50%)
Research paper (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Professor Neil Selwyn (Clayton, evening); Dr Paddy O'Toole (Clayton, off-campus); Dr Joseph Agbenyega (Off-shore Singapore T3, EC Group); Prof Susan Webb (Off-shore Singapore T3, TESOL & MOL Group)

Synopsis

This unit is primarily designed for postgraduate/higher degree by research students. The unit consists of any combination of modules of existing units (i.e. modules 1 and 2 of EDF 6005, 6006, 6007, and 6008) or other approved content. This unit is normally only available to students studying within a course cohort. Additional information about the specific combinations of modules and approved content are provided in the study guide for each cohort. The overarching unit guide will direct students to the discrete cohort study guides.

Outcomes

Staff using EDF6009 should be able to specify outcomes that are equivalent to outcomes achieved in existing units of the methodology suite. These are likely to include outcomes or module 1 (i.e. core unit), outcomes from other modules or other approved outcomes. The overarching unit guide will direct students to the discrete study guides for their cohorts where the specific combination of outcomes are set out.

Assessment

Work requirements which explore research issues and problems comprising 8000 words that meet specified objectives.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedSingapore Term 1 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julie Harrington

Synopsis

This unit is a self-directed project focusing on issues, challenges, concerns, dilemmas or problems derived from a professional workplace context. Students will need to discuss their professional projects with the appropriate unit coordinator to select and pursue a research project appropriate to their workplace context and unit requirements. Even though the professional project will be self-directed, students will be offered guidance, support and feedback over the course of the project. As there can clearly be no prescribed curriculum, students may be required to participate in small group meetings that may be conducted on or off-campus or a combination of both.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify how to understand and examine a particular work place issue or concern
  2. use a range of skills in critically examining how to address their issue or concern
  3. access research that is relevant to their professional lives and that impacts on their workplace issue or concern
  4. identify implications for professional thinking and practice that impact on their specific workplace situation
  5. write about their professional practice for specific purposes and audiences.

Assessment

Professional project (6000 words, 100%)
Hurdle tasks include a written project plan and a personal reflection on the process of carrying out the research (2000 words).
Students will work with the unit coordinator to select, research and report an issue related to their professional context. The unit coordinator will be responsible for supervision and assessment of each professional project.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Students will work through their project in relation to readings and prompts designed to stimulate their thinking and actions about their professional project.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus block of classes)
City (Melbourne) Term 4 2014 (Flexible)
Singapore Term 4 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Julie Harrington (City); Professor Peter Sullivan (Clayton); Dr Wee Tiong Seah (Singapore)

Synopsis

This unit is a self-directed project focusing on issues, challenges, concerns, dilemmas or problems derived from a professional workplace context. Students will need to discuss their professional projects with the appropriate unit coordinator to select and pursue a research project appropriate to their workplace context and unit requirements. Even though the professional project will be self-directed, students will be offered guidance, support and feedback over the course of the project. As there can clearly be no prescribed curriculum, students may be required to participate in small group meetings that may be conducted on or off-campus or a combination of both.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify how to understand and examine a particular work place issue or concern
  2. use a range of skills in critically examining how to address their issue or concern
  3. access research that is relevant to their professional lives and that impacts on their workplace issue or concern
  4. identify implications for professional thinking and practice that impact on their specific workplace situation
  5. write about their professional practice for specific purposes and audiences.

Assessment

Professional project (6000 words, 100%)
Hurdle tasks will include a written project plan and a personal reflection on the process of carrying out the research (2000 words).
Students will work with the unit coordinator to select, research and report an issue related to their professional context. The unit coordinator will be responsible for supervision and assessment of each Professional Project.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Students will work through their project in relation to readings and prompts designed to stimulate their thinking and actions about their professional project.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Cynthia Joseph

Synopsis

This is a research study unit focusing on a particular theory, issue, challenge, dilemma, concern or problem in the field of education, undertaken with a supervisor. Although students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence, the supervisor will offer guidance, support and feedback over the course of the research. The unit is designed for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the Masters thesis (both part 1 and part 2) will be able to use this 16,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into the PhD or Doctor of Education programs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit (and EDF6032) students should be able to:

  1. produce a thesis that displays competence at understanding and carrying out research in the field of education, but with less emphasis on comprehensive knowledge and originality as required in a PhD or EdD
  2. devise a research topic to investigate that is feasible within the two-unit time frame
  3. identify key research questions that are not too general and ambitious
  4. select and review relevant theory and literature
  5. design a study and choose appropriate methods to investigate research questions
  6. select appropriate modes of analysis
  7. consider ethical issues involved in research
  8. implement, critically appraise or apply research in a particular field
  9. prepare a comprehensive written report that is professionally presented and contains all the required components including a bibliography at the end.

Assessment

The Masters of Education thesis is a 16,000 word dissertation and is the formal assessment task for this unit (together with EDF6032).

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:
(a.) Overall requirements:
+ 24 hours per week

Prerequisites

Successful completion of one of the compulsory research units EDF6001, EDF6005, EDF6006, EDF6007, EDF6008 or EDF6009 plus three other masters units


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Cynthia Joseph

Synopsis

This is a research study unit focusing on a particular theory, issue, challenge, dilemma, concern or problem in the field of education, undertaken with a supervisor. Although students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence, the supervisor will offer guidance, support and feedback over the course of the research. The Masters thesis is designed for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the Masters thesis (both part 1 and part 2) will be able to use this 16,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into the PhD or Doctor of Education programs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit (and EDF6031) students should be able to:

  1. produce a thesis that displays competence at understanding and carrying out research in the field of education, but with less emphasis on comprehensive knowledge and originality as required in a PhD or EdD
  2. devise a research topic to investigate that is feasible within the two-unit time frame
  3. identify key research questions that are not too general and ambitious
  4. select and review relevant theory and literature
  5. design a study and choose appropriate methods to investigate research questions
  6. select appropriate modes of analysis
  7. consider ethical issues involved in research
  8. implement, critically appraise or apply research in a particular field
  9. prepare a comprehensive written report that is professionally presented and contains all the required components including a bibliography at the end.

Assessment

The Masters of Education thesis is a 16,000 word dissertation and is the formal assessment task for this unit (together with EDF6031).

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:
(b.) Overall requirements:
+ 24 hours per week

Prerequisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Cynthia Joseph

Synopsis

This is a research study unit focusing on a particular theory, issue, challenge, dilemma, concern or problem in the field of education, undertaken with a supervisor. Although students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence, the supervisor will offer guidance, support and feedback over the course of the research. The Masters thesis is designed for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the Masters thesis will be able to use this 16,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into the PhD or Doctor of Education programs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit (and EDF6031 and 6032) students should be able to:

  1. produce a thesis that displays competence at understanding and carrying out research in the field of education, but with less emphasis on comprehensive knowledge and originality as required in a PhD or EdD
  2. devise a research topic to investigate that is feasible within the two-unit time frame
  3. identify key research questions that are not too general and ambitious
  4. select and review relevant theory and literature
  5. design a study and choose appropriate methods to investigate research questions
  6. select appropriate modes of analysis
  7. consider ethical issues involved in research
  8. implement, critically appraise or apply research in a particular field
  9. prepare a comprehensive written report that is professionally presented and contains all the required components including a bibliography at the end.

Assessment

The Masters of Education thesis is a 16,000 word dissertation and is the formal assessment task for this unit (together with EDF6031 and EDF6032).

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:
(c.) Overall requirements:
+ 24 hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF6031
EDF6032
Students may, under extenuating circumstances, require more time to complete their thesis. A case needs to be made which must have the support of their supervisor.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014

Synopsis

This is a research study unit focusing on a particular theory, issue, challenge, dilemma, concern or problem in the field of education, undertaken with a supervisor. Although students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence, the supervisor will offer guidance, support and feedback over the course of the research. The Masters thesis is designed for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the Masters thesis will be able to use this 16,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into the PhD or Doctor of Education programs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit (and EDF6031, EDF6032 and EDF6033) students should be able to:

  1. produce a thesis that displays competence at understanding and carrying out research in the field of education, but with less emphasis on comprehensive knowledge and originality as required in a PhD or EdD2. devise a research topic to investigate that is feasible within the two-unit time frame
  2. identify key research questions that are not too general and ambitious
  3. select and review relevant theory and literature
  4. design a study and choose appropriate methods to investigate research questions
  5. select appropriate modes of analysis
  6. consider ethical issues involved in research
  7. implement, critically appraise or apply research in a particular field
  8. prepare a comprehensive written report that is professionally presented and contains all the required components including a bibliography at the end.

Assessment

The Masters of Education thesis is a 16,000 word dissertation and is the formal assessment task for this unit (together with EDF6031, EDF6032 and EDF6033).

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:
(a.) Overall requirements:
+ 24 hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF6033
Students may, under extenuating circumstances, require more time to complete their thesis. A case needs to be made which must have the support of their supervisor.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Cynthia Joseph

Synopsis

This is a research study unit focusing on a particular theory, issue, challenge, dilemma, concern or problem in the field of education, undertaken with a supervisor. Although students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence, the supervisor will offer guidance, support and feedback over the course of the research. The Masters thesis is designed for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the Masters thesis will be able to use this 16,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into the PhD or Doctor of Education programs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit (and EDF6031, EDF6032, EDF6033 and EDF6034) students should be able to:

  1. produce a thesis that displays competence at understanding and carrying out research in the field of education, but with less emphasis on comprehensive knowledge and originality as required in a PhD or EdD
  2. devise a research topic to investigate that is feasible within the two-unit time frame
  3. identify key research questions that are not too general and ambitious
  4. select and review relevant theory and literature
  5. design a study and choose appropriate methods to investigate research questions
  6. select appropriate modes of analysis
  7. consider ethical issues involved in research
  8. implement, critically appraise or apply research in a particular field
  9. prepare a comprehensive written report that is professionally presented and contains all the required components including a bibliography at the end.

Assessment

The Masters of Education thesis is a 16,000 word dissertation and is the formal assessment task for this unit (together with EDF6031, EDF6032, EDF6033 and EDF6034).

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:
(a.) Overall requirements:
+ 24 hours per week

Prerequisites

Enrolment in the Masters thesis extension 3 will usually occur when, after examination, students require time to make substantial revisions to their theses. A case needs to be made and with the support of their supervisors, students may enrol in EDF6035 Masters thesis extension 3.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Wee Tiong Seah

Synopsis

In this unit students will research approaches for investigating learning and teaching in school science and mathematics classes, the outcomes of this research, and the implications of these outcomes for the practices of science and mathematics education. Developmental and information processing theories, especially Piaget, Ausubel and a range of constructivists. Individual and social constructivist perspectives especially their research approaches and findings.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand research methods currently used in studies of science and mathematics learning
  2. be familiar with ways these research methods have changed and the links between these changes and the nature of the questions asked by researchers, understand ways in which research on science and mathematics learning has informed the practices of teaching
  3. appropriate links between recently-created pedagogies and the nature of learning.

Assessment

Library research paper (2500 words, 30%)
Short research paper (2500 words, 30%)
Report (3500 words, 40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Dr Sarah Hopkins

Synopsis

This unit is only offered to cohorts.
This unit examines the processes for working with numeracy and mathematics teachers to support them in their work. This includes communication processes, effective leadership skills, characteristics of successful leaders, strategies for leading improvement and characteristics of staff motivation, the role of emotions, resources management, and effective facilitation of meetings. It also examines the nature of numeracy, the ways that it relates to mathematics and to the curriculum broadly, the ways of incorporating numeracy into the curriculum, and its connection to international, national, and school based assessment.
Students will also demonstrate knowledge and understanding of recent research and/or professional developments; engage and interact with leaders of numeracy learning from other schools; and access and use effectively, relevant library and other information services.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. examine strategies for effective leadership of mathematics and numeracy teachers
  2. explore issues associated with management of departments and groups, including managing budgets and resources
  3. critique research and commentary on numeracy, its relationship to mathematics and its role within all other curriculum areas
  4. review approaches to numeracy across the curriculum
  5. develop an appropriate strategy for promoting effective numeracy teaching among teachers.

Assessment

Analytical report (4000 words equivalent, 50%)
Developmental project (4000 words equivalent, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours:

  • attendance at multiple teaching sessions

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Barbara Clarke

Synopsis

This unit is only offered to cohorts and has two main foci. The first involves examination of key theories of learning, how these apply to numeracy learning, the nature of engagement in learning, key environmental factors influencing numeracy learning such as language, gender, cultural background, SES and the role of beliefs, motivation, and persistence. The issues of equity will be addressed, as will approaches to redress differences in achievement, along with processes for intervention to support individual learners.
The second focus relates to the nature of curriculum and the role of numeracy. Noting the commitment of Victoria to implementing the national curriculum and the key role of numeracy within that curriculum, this study will include examination of the principles of the curriculum generally, the role and contribution of numeracy to each of the curricula written, the implication of these for school based programs, the ways that learning is assessed. In particular the implications for school, level, and class planning and teaching will be considered.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. examine theories of learning numeracy and mathematics
  2. explore key environmental factors that influence learning, and ways of addressing those factors
  3. review both theories of curriculum and current curricula, especially as they relate to numeracy and mathematics
  4. critique processes for assessing and reporting on numeracy learning
  5. consider process for initiating and sustaining school based improvement in learning, curriculum development and assessment of numeracy.

Assessment

Analytical report (4000 words, 50%)
Developmental project (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours:

  • attendance at multiple teaching sessions

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus block of classes)
Coordinator(s)Professor Peter Sullivan

Synopsis

This unit is only offered to cohorts.
This unit examines the challenge of leading improvement in numeracy and mathematics teaching, which involves establishing possible goals for teaching, establishing relevant baselines, using evidence to inform planning and teaching, establishing interim targets, and considering processes for prompting and supporting teacher improvement. This includes examination of models of teaching mathematics and models of numeracy teacher learning and the challenges associated with the various models. In particular the E5 model for planning teaching and evaluating teaching mathematics and numeracy will be examined in detail and the ways that this can be used to inform teacher self-evaluation. The unit also includes the processes for gathering evidence about numeracy teaching and student learning, the processes for analysing such evidence and the techniques of preparing reports that can serve as an initiator of improvement.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. examine the nature of knowledge for teaching numeracy and mathematics and ways of defining and enhancing such knowledge
  2. explore processes for working with teachers that can allow critique of numeracy, mathematics and the ways these are learned
  3. develop strategies for working with teachers that have the effect of engaging them in numeracy learning while examining their own beliefs about numeracy and mathematics teaching
  4. gather and analyse evidence of numeracy learning
  5. consider the approaches and processes of whole school numeracy and mathematics plans.

Assessment

Analytical report (4000 words, 50%)
Developmental project (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours:

  • attendance at multiple teaching sessions

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Janette Simmonds

Synopsis

In this unit, core research-based psychotherapies and psychological counselling skills are studied and practised. Topics include various current psychotherapies, models of psychotherapeutic helping, advanced skills, issues in evaluating evidence and outcome, assumptions and issues underlying research paradigms in counselling psychology, psychopharmacology, diversity-sensitive psychotherapy.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate knowledge and application of various psychotherapies and relevant psychological counselling microskills and be able to integrate them to conduct effective sessions
  2. describe and apply sound practice principles concerning the therapeutic relationship, setting, record keeping and varied interventions.

Assessment

Clinical development essay and journal (5000 words equivalent, 55%)
Transcript and annotation of counselling session (3000 words equivalent, 45%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Off-campus students must attend a one week residential school.

Prerequisites

Successful completion of an Australian Psychology Accreditation Council (APAC) accredited four year sequence in psychology


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Ms Angela Gorman-Alesi

Synopsis

This unit involves practical casework in psychological assessment. Skills include diagnostic testing in a clinical context, personality and neuropsychological tests for screening purposes and cognitive and intelligence testing. Strategies for testing different age groups. The unit will emphasize the relationship of psychopathology to assessment and diagnosis.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. administer and interpret a wide range of psychological tests and assessment instruments
  2. give a diagnosis of clients on the basis of psychometric assessment, interview and mental status
  3. write a comprehensive assessment report and they should also have acquired the necessary theoretical and psychometric background to assess the value and uses of assessment instruments.

Assessment

Three detailed case reports (3 x 2700 words, 100%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week including including minor weekly assignments and practical work

Off-campus attendance requirements

Off-campus students must attend a one week residential school.

Prerequisites

EDF6501 and successful completion of an Australian Psychological Society (APS) accredited four year sequence in psychology.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Janette Simmonds

Synopsis

This unit builds on core learning from EDF6501, further developing clinical and professional psychological practice in a sound ethical context. In the linked topics on psychotherapy with more than one, couple, family and group psychotherapeutic interventions are studied and practised. Topics include ethical, moral and legal responsibilities and dilemmas in clinical practice, assessing professional competencies and managing boundaries and multiple clients, and ethical psychological research and reporting. In the linked topics on 'counselling more than one', couple, family, and group psychotherapeutic interventions are studied and practised.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. appreciate how psychotherapy with more than one differs from individual psychotherapy and acquire some essential concepts of human systems functioning and inter-relational psychodynamics
  2. through experiential exercises and guided practice, develop some initial competencies for psychotherapy with couples, groups and organisations and to assist individual clients in their wider contexts and be able to critically consider the research concerning the scientific evaluation of various psychotherapies
  3. implement the ethical requirements of the Australian Psychological Society and their relevant state psychologists registration boards, develop and demonstrate critical thinking about the higher level conceptualisation of the ethical, legal and psychological issues associated with human behaviour and psychological practice, and monitor and develop their own abilities and well-being as clinicians.

Assessment

Clinical research-oriented class presentation and accompanying paper (4000 words, 50%)
Essay or case study (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Off-campus students must attend a one week residential school.

Prerequisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Janene Swalwell

Synopsis

This unit provides students with an advanced understanding of typical and atypical psychological development across the lifespan as well as methodological approaches to research in educational and developmental psychology more generally. Within the context of an introduction to the advanced therapeutic counselling process, students learn to facilitate the cycle of effective intervention and change. This unit comprises three sections: typical and atypical development, counselling and research methodology. Counselling areas (further advanced in EDF6512) include self-reflection, mentoring, establishing a professional relationship, appropriate communication, counselling and specific intervention skills for children, adolescents, adults, elders and families. Students are introduced to an advanced theoretical understanding of developmental psychology, focusing on a dynamic perspective of developmental outcomes as the result of person-environment interactions. Discussion also includes the development of children with disabilities in the context of the family and how to facilitate their education within the community. The unit includes a component on advanced research methodologies in educational and developmental psychology.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate evidence-based understanding of human developmental stages and processes, throughout the lifespan
  2. demonstrate high level skills in psycho-educational assessment and treatment approaches for problematic and atypical development
  3. demonstrate the basics of high level skills in the requisite counselling processes and therapeutic skills including trust, role appreciation, self-reflection and collaboration for effective case management to facilitate positive adjustment in human development
  4. gain an overview and understanding of the range of research methodologies appropriate for the field of educational and developmental psychology.

Assessment

Participation in class and a sequence of online quizzes (2400 words equivalent, 30%)
Case study (2800 words equivalent, 35%)
In vivo counselling session (2800 words equivalent, 35%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

Successful completion of an Australian Psychology Accreditation Council (APAC) accredited four year sequence in psychology and enrolment in MPsych (Educational and Developmental).


0 points, SCA Band 1, 0.000 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Janene Swalwell

Synopsis

In this unit students are introduced to practical experience and provided opportunities to reflect on their efforts to develop psychological skills in practice and rehearsal situations. The practicum develops a range of professional skills and acquaints students with issues of professional ethics and practice in psychology. Supervision sessions provide students with feedback to enhance their skill development. Students undertake the equivalent of around 18 days on placement. The placement activities undertaken in this unit contribute to the total placement hours required for the course (minimum 1000 hours). Students are supervised on site by their field supervisors and have regular contact with their University supervisors. EDF6507 Clinical placement in psychology 1 is flexibly timed.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. apply their knowledge and skills for assessment, consultation, counselling and intervention to working with clients
  2. apply report writing skills to practice
  3. use knowledge of local human service systems and an applied understanding of legal and ethical issues relevant to the specialist fields of counselling psychology or educational and developmental psychology.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO).
Satisfactory completion of placement (students must keep adequate records as outlined in the unit guide).

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:
(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:
+ 135 hours (18 days) per semester of clinical placement experience (some days and hours may be transferred between the three placements with the permission of the placement coordinator)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Tristin Snell

Synopsis

This unit of practicum develops a range of professional skills and acquaints students with issues of professional ethics and practice in psychology. Students spend between three and four days per week on placement. The placement activities undertaken in this unit contribute to the total placement hours required for the course (minimum 1000 hours). Students are supervised on site by their field supervisors and also have regular contact with their university supervisors. This unit is usually undertaken in first semester.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. apply their advancing knowledge and skills for assessment, consultation, counselling and intervention to working with clients
  2. apply advancing report writing skills to practice
  3. use advancing knowledge of local human service systems and an applied understanding of legal and ethical issues relevant to the specialist fields of counselling psychology or educational and developmental psychology.

Assessment

Written case study activities (4800 words equivalent, 60%)
Placement activities and log book (3200 words equivalent, 40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:
(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:
+ 435 hours (58 days) per semester of clinical placement experience including a minimum of 150 client contact hours (some days and hours may be transferred between the three placements with the permission of the placement coordinator)

Prerequisites

Course 3231 Master of Psychology (Counselling): EDF6501, EDF6502, EDF6503 and EDF6517
Course 3232 Master of Psychology (Educational and Developmental):
EDF6504, EDF6511, EDF6510 and EDF6512


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mrs Janene Swalwell

Synopsis

This unit of practicum develops a range of professional skills and acquaints students with issues of professional ethics and practice in psychology. Students spend between three and four days per week on placement. The placement activities undertaken in this unit contribute to the total placement hours required for the course (minimum 1000 hours). Students are supervised on site by their field supervisors and also have regular contact with their university supervisors. This unit is usually undertaken in second semester.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. apply advanced knowledge and skills for assessment, consultation, counselling and intervention to working with clients
  2. apply advanced report writing skills to practice
  3. use advanced knowledge of local human service systems and an applied understanding of legal and ethical issues relevant to the specialist fields of counselling psychology or educational and developmental psychology.

Assessment

Written case study activities (4800 words equivalent, 60%)
Placement activities and log book (3200 words equivalent, 40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:
(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:
+ 435 hours (58 days) per semester of clinical placement experience including a minimum of 150 client contact hours (some days and hours may be transferred between the three placements with the permission of the placement coordinator)

Prerequisites

Course 3231 Master of Psychology (Counselling):
EDF6501, EDF6502, EDF6503 and EDF6517
Course 3232 Master of Psychology (Educational and Developmental):
EDF6504, EDF6511, EDF6510 and EDF6512


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr Louise McLean

Synopsis

This unit focuses on assessment, intervention and research related to exceptionality across the lifespan. Cognitive and behavioural assessment and support for children, adolescents and adults with disabilities, as well as those with academic and other talents, are examined across a range of human service systems. Contemporary models of exceptionality and inclusion are reviewed and the associated skills are developed and implemented. Consideration is also given to psychosocial factors and parenting programs related to providing support to individuals who are exceptional, their families and their support workers. Practice models in line with government policy on disability assessments and related legal and ethical principles including cross-cultural issues and social justice concerns are also examined.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand and evaluate contemporary theoretical concepts of exceptionality and inclusion in the light of related research, and the context of legal, ethical, and systemic factors across a range of system
  2. understand psychosocial factors fostering the acceptance of exceptionality
  3. apply knowledge and skills in relation to facilitative support programs for family, friends, teachers and others working with exceptional individuals
  4. understand the nature, identification, accommodations and interventions associated with learning difficulties and exceptional abilities
  5. demonstrate advanced skills and critical orientation to undertaking functional analysis and behaviour analysis in relation to school and developmental problems including within the context of positive behaviour support (PBS).

Assessment

Participation in class and a sequence of online quizzes (2400 words equivalent, 30%)
Case study (2800 words equivalent, 35%)
Psycho-educational report (2800 words equivalent, 35%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

Successful completion of EDF6511 and successful completion of an Australian Psychology Accreditation Council (APAC) accredited four year sequence in psychology


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr John Roodenburg

Synopsis

This unit presents a psychometric approach to the identification of individual differences in cognition and personality, and adjustment across the lifespan at an advanced level. Students critically debate and review contemporary research and theories of abilities, personality and psychopathology as well as ethical, cultural, and professional issues. They gain experience in administering and reporting a range of essential psycho-educational assessment instruments, assessing abilities, personality and adjustment of children from pre-school age to adults in old age. They develop skills in report writing, planning intervention and self-reflection on the processes and professional relationships involved in psychological testing, all developed in a context of peer review and support.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate understanding of the fundamental basics of psychological test construction, reliability and validity
  2. demonstrate a critical appreciation of the current research literature on psychological testing and construct validation
  3. demonstrate knowledge of the professional ethical, cultural and psychometric issues which arise when assessing and reporting on the intellectual and academic abilities, personality and psychopathology of individuals across the lifespan
  4. demonstrate the ability to select appropriate means of assessment for individuals of different ages and deficits or strengths
  5. demonstrate advanced skills in administration and scoring of intelligence tests, psychopathology and personality instruments, behavioural checklists and tests of academic attainment suitable for use with individuals and groups across the lifespan, including the administration and scoring of tests for individuals with sensory and neurological deficits
  6. demonstrate skill in accurate, clear and constructive file keeping on sessions with clients and accuracy, clarity, appropriateness and constructive communication in reporting the conclusions of testing in written reports for various purposes such as ascertainment for eligibility of funding, curriculum adjustment or clinical programming
  7. reflect on their personal role, interpersonal skills, impact, responsibilities and relationships as a clinician reporting psycho-educational assessments and recommendations.

Assessment

Three forms of assessment, one of which may comprise participation in class and a sequence of online quizzes:
Assessment 1 (2500 words equivalent, 30%)
Assessment 2 (2800 words equivalent, 35%)
Assessment 3 (2800 words equivalent, 35%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

Successful completion of an Australian Psychology Accreditation Council (APAC) accredited four year sequence in psychology.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Dr John Roodenburg

Synopsis

This unit is concerned with developing a sound evidence-based understanding of, and required skills for working with, individuals and therapeutic groups across the lifespan on the identification, intervention, and treatment of psychological problems and psychopathology incorporating an educational and developmental perspective. Ethical, legal issues and case management issues (e.g. keeping records) are considered. The unit develops participants' understanding and skills in clinical interventions in relation to a broad range of child, adolescent and adult problems and psychopathology.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. show development of their personal clinical skills and self-reflective capacities to an advanced level
  2. identify and develop evidence-based intervention and treatment programs for psychological problems and psychopathology across the lifespan, including reactive and behavioural difficulties, adjustment and relational difficulties, depression and anxiety, difficulties associated with various developmental stages including old age
  3. implement a range of evidence-based approaches with a particular emphasis on cognitive and behavioural principles
  4. show appropriate understanding of research methodologies for evaluating evidence-based practice
  5. have an understanding of associated legal/ethical issues
  6. demonstrate a knowledge of local human service systems relevant to the needs of the professional psychologist.

Assessment

Three forms of assessment; one of which may comprise participation in class and a sequence of on-line quizzes.
Assessment 1: 2500 words equivalent; 30%
Assessment 2: 2800 words equivalent; 35%
Assessment 3: 2800 words equivalent; 35%
Each assessment task forms a hurdle requirement. Students must achieve a minimum of 50% in each of the tasks in order to pass the unit.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

Successful completion of EDF6504 and an Australian Psychology Accreditation Council (APAC) accredited four year sequence in psychology


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Day)
Coordinator(s)Tristan Snell

Synopsis

In the first part of this unit, students revise and build on psychological research planning and writing skills and develop a counselling psychology research proposal. In the second and third modules, instruction and practice in several differing psychotherapeutic approaches is provided. Topics may vary from year to year, and may include cognitive behavioural and experiential, focusing and mindfulness therapeutic approaches.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate high level understanding and appropriate use of several differing advanced psychotherapeutic approaches in counselling psychology
  2. develop and present a research proposal for a thesis (either minor masters or PhD) in counselling psychology.

Assessment

Research proposal (4000 words, 50%)
Critical essay (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Off-campus students must attend a one week residential school

Prerequisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Evening)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Evening)
Hong Kong Term 2 2014 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 2 2014 (Off-campus)
Hong Kong Term 4 2014 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 4 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jenny Barnes (First semester, Clayton evening); Ms Jeanette Fredman (First semester, Clayton off-campus); Ms Claire Hutton (Second semester, Clayton evening); Ms Jeanette Fredman (Second semester, Clayton off-campus); Dr Brett Furlonger (Hong Kong and Singapore)

Synopsis

This unit is designed to introduce students to a range of issues and approaches to counselling across the lifespan. Students will identify psychological issues that arise in the course of normal lifespan development: explore practice frameworks including historical background and contemporary ideas, be introduced to the process of therapy, learn to distinguish between preventative and remedial interventions, explore multicultural counselling, ethics in counselling and learn how to apply a variety of strategies to counselling interventions across the lifespan.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the theory and frameworks of the major schools of counselling and psychotherapy
  2. relate appropriate therapeutic approaches and a range of strategies to the corresponding developmental stage focusing on child/adolescent, adult and the aged
  3. explore alternate modes of delivery including online and telephone counselling
  4. understand the qualities and skills needed to be an effective counsellor and explore the ethical principles and practices related to counselling.

Assessment

Group case study analysis 1 (2400 words, 30%)
Individual case study analysis 2 (5600 words, 70%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 hours of lectures per week

(b.) Singapore and Hong Kong students

  • online study as well as an intensive face to face week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 21 hours of independent study per week including activities such as electronic reference searching, completion of practical exercises, reading and assignment preparation

Off-campus attendance requirements

Off campus students require 24 hours per week private study time involving activities such as electronic reference searching completion of practical exercises, reading and assignment preparation.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Evening)
Hong Kong Term 2 2014 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 2 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Angela Gorman-Alesi

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the theoretical and applied aspects of counselling in an informed, evidence-based and relevant manner. It has an applied focus and is based on recent theoretical and research-informed counselling practice. It introduces students to basic and advanced micro-skills, concepts and theories that are currently used in counselling practice. Students develop and practise their microskills and techniques over the semester and various counselling tools are introduced with their relevance and practical application discussed. The unit also includes a range of strategies used by therapists to note, track and evaluate the progress of the client in therapy. This unit enables students to reflect on their cultural awareness and sensitivities, their practice in respect to their own personal development and the influence this may have when counselling clients.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand and differentiate the central approaches to counselling and psychotherapy
  2. learn and practise counselling micro-skills in a systematic manner
  3. critically appraise their performance as counsellors
  4. apply information about the therapeutic alliance and other relevant strategies for helping clients in counselling therapy
  5. cultivate sensitivity to other people's ways and preferences, cultural or personal
  6. consider and understand their own values and style and how that may affect the success of their counselling.

Assessment

Self-appraisal of therapeutic practice (5000 words, 60%)
Critical evaluation of a major therapeutic orientation (3000 words, 40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Off-campus attendance requirements

Off-campus students must attend a compulsory three day residential school.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Evening)
Hong Kong Term 1 2014 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 1 2014 (Off-campus)
Hong Kong Term 3 2014 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 3 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mr Jeff Roberts (Second semester, Clayton evening); Dr Jenny Barnes (Second semester, Clayton off-campus); Dr Brett Furlonger (Term 1 Hong Kong and Singapore); Mr Jeff Roberts (Term 3 Hong Kong and Singapore)

Synopsis

The unit will introduce the principles of construction, administration and interpretation of measures of assessment relevant to counsellors. Formal and informal assessment measures will be looked at and some practical experience in their administration will be gained.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. have an understanding of the principles of test construction
  2. understand the differences between standardised tests and informal inventories and their various uses
  3. gain experience in the administration and interpretation of measures of self-esteem, non-verbal intelligence, career development and special ability tests.

Assessment

Group assessment plan (2400 words, 30%)
Individual assessment report (5600 words, 70%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Evening)
Hong Kong Term 3 2014 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 3 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mr Douglas Scott (First semester, Clayton evening, Hong Kong and Singapore); Ms Leesa Tinney (First semester, Clayton off-campus)

Synopsis

Research into the issues commonly raised by clients in a variety of counselling settings has shown that there is a core of problems which frequently occur. These can be divided into several areas; firstly, difficulties arising in relationships, including personal, family, work and community; secondly, conflicts within an individual's personal habits, and thirdly, challenges to do with maturation and ageing. This unit aims to provide students with background information on these issues and effective evidence based methods for dealing with them. This will focus on cognitive and behavioural techniques commonly used to help individuals cope with the stress caused by many of these problems.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. be introduced to a core of problems raised by counselling clients and be informed about the social contexts of these problems
  2. provide information about the personality factors within individuals which contribute to these problems
  3. describe the counselling techniques used to help people in these problematic settings
  4. gain instruction in using ancillary techniques which help people cope in general.

Assessment

Case study 1 (4000 words, 50%)
Case study 2 (4000 words, 50%)
Each case study will cover analysis, discussion of theoretical background to treatment alternatives but majoring on CBT and then illustrating possible intervention by setting out a CBT based case plan in practical detail.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

EDF6531 or corequisite


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Evening)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Janette Simmonds

Synopsis

This unit is a research study focusing on a particular theory, issue, challenge, dilemma, concern or problem in the field of psychology, undertaken with a supervisor. While students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence, the supervisor will offer guidance, support and feedback over the course of the research. The thesis is especially important for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the Psychology thesis (both part 1 and part 2) will be able to use this 12,000 to 16,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into the PhD or Doctor of Education programs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. produce a thesis that displays competence in understanding and carrying out research in the field of psychology, but with less emphasis on comprehensive knowledge and originality as required in a PhD or EdD
  2. devise a research topic to investigate that is feasible within the two-unit time frame
  3. identify key research questions that are not too general and ambitious
  4. select and review relevant theory and literature
  5. design a study and choose appropriate methods to investigate research questions
  6. select appropriate modes of analysis
  7. consider ethical issues involved in research
  8. implement, critically appraise or apply research in a particular field
  9. prepare a comprehensive written report that is professionally presented and contains all the required components including a bibliography at the end.

Assessment

In conjunction with EDF6536 the Master of Psychology research thesis is a 12,000 to 16,000 word research project. The format of the research project must comply with the options as set out in the APAC Accreditation Standards research requirements for postgraduate coursework degrees at the time of commencing in the research.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week.

Prerequisites

Students must successfully complete coursework units. However, students may, with the written agreement of the course adviser, undertake a thesis before completing all the coursework requirements.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Evening)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr John Roodenburg

Synopsis

This unit is a research study focusing on a particular theory, issue, challenge, dilemma, concern or problem in the field of psychology, undertaken with a supervisor. While students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence, the supervisor will offer guidance, support and feedback over the course of the research. The thesis is especially important for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the Psychology thesis (both part 1 and part 2) will be able to use this 12,000 to 16,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into the PhD or Doctor of Education programs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. produce a thesis that displays competence in understanding and carrying out research in the field of psychology, but with less emphasis on comprehensive knowledge and originality as required in a research degree such as PhD or EdD
  2. devise a research topic to investigate that is feasible within the two-unit time frame
  3. identify key research questions that are not too general and ambitious
  4. select and review relevant theory and literature
  5. design a study and choose appropriate methods to investigate research questions
  6. select appropriate modes of analysis
  7. consider ethical issues involved in research
  8. implement, critically appraise or apply research in a particular field
  9. prepare a comprehensive written report that is professionally presented and contains all the required components including a bibliography at the end.

Assessment

In conjunction with EDF6535 the Master of Psychology research thesis is a 12,000 to 16,000 word research project. The format of the research project must comply with the options as set out in the APAC Accreditation Standards research requirements for postgraduate coursework degrees at the time of commencing the research.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week.

Prerequisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Evening)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr J Roodenburg

Synopsis

This unit is a research study focusing on a particular theory, issue, challenge, dilemma, concern or problem in the field of psychology undertaken with a supervisor. While students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence, the supervisor will offer guidance, support and feedback over the course of the research. The thesis is especially important for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the psychology thesis will be able to use this 12,000 to 16,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into the PhD or Doctor of Education programs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. produce a thesis that displays competence in understanding and carrying out research in the field of psychology, but with less emphasis on comprehensive knowledge and originality as required in a research degree such as PhD or EdD.
  2. devise a research topic to investigate that is feasible within the two-unit time frame
  3. identify key research questions that are not too general and ambitious
  4. select and review relevant theory and literature
  5. design a study and choose appropriate methods to investigate research questions
  6. select appropriate modes of analysis
  7. consider ethical issues involved in research
  8. implement, critically appraise or apply research in a particular field
  9. prepare a comprehensive written report that is professionally presented and contains all the required components including a bibliography at the end.

Assessment

In conjunction with EDF6535 and EDF6536, the Master of Psychology research thesis is a 12,000 to 16,000 word research project. The format of the research project must comply with the options as set out in the APAC Accreditation Standards research requirements for postgraduate coursework degrees at the time of commencing the research.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week.

Prerequisites

EDF6535 and EDF6536. Students may, under extenuating circumstances, require more time to complete their theses. A case needs to be made which must have the support of their supervisor.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Evening)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Janette Simmonds

Synopsis

This unit is a research study focusing on a particular theory, issue, challenge, dilemma, concern or problem in the field of psychology undertaken with a supervisor. While students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence, the supervisor will offer guidance, support and feedback over the course of the research. The thesis is especially important for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the psychology thesis will be able to use this 12,000 to 16,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into the PhD or Doctor of Education programs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. produce a thesis that displays competence in understanding and carrying out research in the field of psychology, but with less emphasis on comprehensive knowledge and originality as required in a PhD or EdD.
  2. devise a research topic to investigate that is feasible within the two-unit time frame
  3. identify key research questions that are not too general and ambitious
  4. select and review relevant theory and literature
  5. design a study and choose appropriate methods to investigate research questions
  6. select appropriate modes of analysis
  7. consider ethical issues involved in research
  8. implement, critically appraise or apply research in a particular field
  9. prepare a comprehensive written report that is professionally presented and contains all the required components including a bibliography at the end.

Assessment

In conjunction with EDF6535, EDF6536 and EDF6537, the Master of Psychology research thesis is a 12,000 to 16,000 word research project. The format of the research project must comply with the options as set out in the APAC Accreditation Standards research requirements for postgraduate coursework degrees at the time of commencing the research.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week.

Prerequisites

EDF6537
Students may, under extenuating circumstances, require more time to complete their thesis. A case needs to be made which must have the support of their supervisor.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Evening)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Janette Simmonds

Synopsis

This unit is a research study focusing on a particular theory, issue, challenge, dilemma, concern or problem in the field of psychology undertaken with a supervisor. While students will be expected to demonstrate initiative and independence, the supervisor will offer guidance, support and feedback over the course of the research. The thesis is especially important for students who are intending to undertake further higher degree studies. Graduates who have successfully completed the psychology thesis will be able to use this 12,000 to 16,000 word study as evidence of independent research experience in an application for entry into the PhD or Doctor of Education programs.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. produce a thesis that displays competence in understanding and carrying out research in the field of education, but with less emphasis on comprehensive knowledge and originality as required in a research degree such as PhD or EdD
  2. devise a research topic to investigate that is feasible within the two-unit time frame
  3. identify key research questions that are not too general and ambitious
  4. select and review relevant theory and literature
  5. design a study and choose appropriate methods to investigate research questions
  6. select appropriate modes of analysis
  7. consider ethical issues involved in research
  8. implement, critically appraise or apply research in a particular field
  9. prepare a comprehensive written report that is professionally presented and contains all the required components including a bibliography at the end.

Assessment

In conjunction with EDF6535, EDF6536, EDF6537 and EDF6538, the Master of Psychology research thesis is a 12,000 to 16,000 word research project. The format of the research project must comply with the options as set out in the APAC Accreditation Standards research requirements for postgraduate coursework degrees at the time of commencing the research.

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week.

Prerequisites

Students may, after examination, require time to make substantial revisions to their thesis. A case needs to be made and with the support of their supervisor, a student may enrol in EDF6539.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Evening)
Hong Kong Term 1 2014 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 1 2014 (Off-campus)
Hong Kong Term 4 2014 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 4 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Mr Scott Douglas (Second semester, Clayton evening and Term 1, Hong Kong and Singapore); Dr Nicky Jacobs (Term 4, Hong Kong and Singapore); Ms Michele Huppert (Second Semester, Off-campus)

Synopsis

This unit builds on core learning and further develops professional counselling practice in a sound ethical and legal context. Topics include: implementing ethical principles and codes of practice, moral and legal responsibilities, personal, social and professional values, diversity, sensitive issues and practice, duty of care, confidentiality and privacy issues, referral, dealing with multiple clients, and managing boundaries and professional relationships.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand and be prepared to implement the professional, ethical, social, legal and moral obligations of counsellors
  2. comprehend the ethical requirements of the societies and professional organisations in the regions they plan to practice
  3. explore the functions and processes of these professional and legal bodies in dealing with ethical matters
  4. develop and demonstrate well informed decision-making processes regarding dilemmas arising in counselling
  5. determine professional competencies and limits of proficiency in a range of situations
  6. make appropriate referrals
  7. monitor and develop their own abilities and well-being as counsellors.

Assessment

Essay on ethical issues in the practice of counselling (4000 words, 50%)
Responses to two case vignettes (1500 words each, 50%)
Compendium (1000 words equivalent, ungraded pass)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Singapore and Hong Kong students

  • online study as well as an intensive face to face week

(c.) Additional requirements

  • 21 hours of independent study per week time involving activities such as electronic reference searching completion of practical exercises, reading and assignment preparation.

Prohibitions

EDF6534


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Evening)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton Second semester 2014 (Evening)
Hong Kong Term 1 2014 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 1 2014 (Off-campus)
Hong Kong Term 3 2014 (Off-campus)
Singapore Term 3 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Ms Angela Gorman-Alesi (First semester and Second semester, Clayton evening); Michele Huppert (First semester, Clayton off-campus); Ms Anastasia Contos (Second semester, Clayton off-campus); Dr Nicky Jacobs (Hong Kong and Singapore)

Synopsis

The unit is a field placement (practicum) and develops a range of professional skills and acquaints students with issues of professional ethics and practice in counselling. Students complete one placement where they are required to spend a total of 280 hours, of which 100 hours are 'contact' hours (face to face counselling) and 180 hours are 'non contact'. Students are also required to participate in weekly online discussion groups and postings throughout the duration of the placement.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. develop advanced knowledge and skills in professional practice and competency
  2. gain experience in the implementation of ethical principles in field practice
  3. write reports and case notes
  4. make appropriate specialist and agency referrals;
  5. gain an advanced knowledge of local human services systems
  6. understand of legal and ethical principles relevant to the field of counselling.

Fieldwork

Overall students must complete a minimum of 280 hours (35 days) of field placement experience, including a minimum of 100 client contact hours

Assessment

Written case report (4000 words, 60%)
Supervisor evaluation (4000 words equivalent, 40%) (comprising 30% Field Supervisor and 10% University supervisor)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 hour workshop per week plus field experience

(b.) Contact hours for off-campus students:

  • online activities/discussions plus field experience

(c.) Contact hours for offshore students

  • 5 day intensive plus field experience

(d.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites

Co-requisites

Prohibitions

EDF6534


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedSingapore Term 1 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Umesh Sharma

Synopsis

Inclusion of students with disabilities into regular school programs is a worldwide trend. This unit covers information on why inclusion is a better option for students with disabilities and what is required to make schools inclusive. The critical roles that school educators and parents play in making schools inclusive are also examined. The unit is primarily delivered using online mode.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. be aware of the implications of disabilities from an educational and developmental perspective
  2. understand of the importance of educators' positive attitudes towards the inclusion of students with disabilities
  3. be familiar with adaptations necessary for the school setting and instructional style
  4. be familiar with the research and conceptual evidence in support of and against inclusive schooling
  5. understand the critical role played by teachers, principals and parents to make inclusive education a realistic possibility for ALL students
  6. be aware of physical and psychological characteristics of an inclusive classroom
  7. be informed about policy at the school, state and national level.

Assessment

Written assignment (3000 words, 40%)
Class presentation (3000 words equivalent, 35%)
Additional tasks including reading tasks and online discussions (flexibly delivered) (2000 words equivalent, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week (flexibly delivered including on-line discussion)

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prohibitions

GED0134


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Clayton First semester 2014 (Evening)
Coordinator(s)Dr Leonie Kronborg

Synopsis

This unit will examine the psychological aspects relevant to the development and functioning of gifted and talented children and adolescents. Topics include talent development and self-actualisation and the interplay between creativity, thinking skills and the structure of intelligence. Other issues deal with procedures for counselling gifted students and their families.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. demonstrate basic knowledge of psychological aspects of gifted students, creativity and procedures for identifying these characteristics in children
  2. have knowledge and understanding of the social-emotional development of gifted and talented students
  3. have understanding of basic issues in counselling gifted children and their families
  4. have major approaches to education of gifted and talented children in relation to their social and emotional needs.

Assessment

Reflective journal: summaries and reflections on assigned readings (5000 to 6000 words, 60%)
Class project/paper (2000 to 3000 words, 40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week (flexible mode)

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedSingapore Term 4 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Corine Rivalland

Synopsis

This unit will analyse the relationship between the political, economic and social factors influencing contemporary early childhood education and care. An examination of national and international developments in policy, practice and research. The construction and reconstruction of early childhood education and care will be critiqued using a range of theoretical perspectives. Knowledge construction and its ratification within and external to the profession will also be considered. Cross-cultural perspectives and global developments will be explored in relation to local enactments of policy and practice and insights into future orientations for early childhood education and care will be constructed.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. analyse the relationship between the political, economic and social factors influencing contemporary early childhood education and care
  2. critically examine national and international developments in policy, practice and research for early childhood education and care
  3. develop understandings about knowledge construction and its ratification within and external to the profession of early childhood education
  4. consider cross-cultural perspectives and global development in relation to local and regional enactments of policy and practice in early childhood education
  5. gain new insights into future orientations for early childhood education and care.

Assessment

Seminar or conference presentation and paper (4800 words, 60%)
Structured journal (3200 words, 40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedSingapore Term 3 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hilary Monk

Synopsis

In this unit students will critique the constructions of childhood and children across cultures and historical periods. In particular, students will deconstruct the images of the child found in local, national and international literature, curriculum and teaching programs, and their associated environments. In drawing upon contemporary learning theories students will analyse the relationship between the contexts created for children and the beliefs held about children within the particular communities under study. Students will be encouraged to apply these new understandings to their work with young children and/or explore the possibilities for new curriculum design.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. gain opportunities to critique constructions of childhood and children across cultures and historical periods
  2. deconstruct the images of the child found in the local, national and international literature, curriculum, and teaching programs and their associated environments
  3. consider multiple views of childhood and children and the range of environments created to support learning
  4. draw upon contemporary theory to analyse the relationship between the contexts created for children's learning and the beliefs held about children across a range of cultures.

Assessment

Poster and class presentation (3200 words equivalent, 40%)
Written report (4800 words equivalent, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Evening)
Singapore Term 2 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Jane Bone (Clayton), Dr Jill Robbins (Singapore)

Synopsis

In this unit students will examine the nature of values and how these are central to the early childhood professional's connectedness with children, families, community and the profession. In this engagement with the ethical dimensions of early childhood education students will be provided with the opportunity to explore a range of ethical issues including the ethics of care, the commitment to inclusion, the notion of quality and the ethics of researching children. Students will have the opportunity to examine these issues from local, national or global perspectives.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the nature of values and their link with early childhood education
  2. demonstrate an awareness of the complexity, commitments and the ethical dilemmas inherent in the work of an early childhood professional, articulate and defend a position on a chosen topic or issue using their understanding of the ethical dimensions related to this matter
  3. critique the current debates in early childhood education concerned with ethics.

Assessment

Tutorial or conference presentation and paper (5000 words equivalent, 60%)
Structured journal (3000 words equivalent, 40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload for on-campus students equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) requirements for Singapore students:

  • ongoing study and a face to face workshop over four days

(c.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Cynthia Joseph

Synopsis

This unit looks at world markets in international education in the context of globalisation, including on-shore and off-shore provision, cross-country collaboration and networking, on-line courses. International and global regulation of education, including accreditation, quality assurance, trade agreements and international agencies. Development of culturally informed approaches to providing, leading, managing and marketing international education. Reconciling educational, cultural institutional and economic objectives.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. discuss international education markets in a global and historical context, with some knowledge both of the overall global picture in relation to foreign student education and transnational education, market activity in a number of countries, the regulatory environment in which international education takes place, and the role of quality assurance and of marketing
  2. understand the issues and dilemmas involved in the commercial production and distribution of an educational product, and the manifestation of those tensions in global geo-politics, e.g. relations between exporter English-language countries and importer less developed countries (LDCs) and relate the foregoing to problems of professional practice.

Assessment

Major essay (5000 words, 50%)
Minor essay (2000 words, 25%)
Folio (2000 words, 25%)

Chief examiner(s)

Off-campus attendance requirements

Offered as an off-campus distributed learning unit. Students are expected to maintain regular contact with the lecturer and other students in the class through the online environment, and by email, fax or phone, depending on which is most convenient.


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedGippsland First semester 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Monica Green

Synopsis

This is an introductory core unit in the Master of Regional Education and Community Development. It is designed as a reflective practice unit to enable practitioners working in the broad field of community development, in urban and rural contexts, to develop their practice. Students will be introduced to the concepts of sustainability, place, and community development and to contemporary research in the area. It will use the frameworks of sustainability, place, and community, to examine how people learn about places and form sustainable communities in the places where they live and work. Students will undertake practitioner research in order to apply these theories to their practice.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this units students should be able to:

  1. understand the concepts of sustainability, place and community development
  2. understand the processes of community building and community engagement
  3. apply contemporary theories and research to their work in sustainable community development
  4. undertake practitioner research in sustainable community development and to change their practice in response to this research.

Assessment

Written essay or reflective journal (3000 words, 40%)
Project plan and report (5000 words equivalent, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedSingapore Term 3 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nicholas Allix

Synopsis

This unit is an introduction to the complexities of decision making in organisational contexts. Topics covered include: theoretical and philosophical analyses of the concepts of power and authority in organisational and institutional contexts; research approaches to understanding the nature of decision making and problem solving processes; an examination of how psychological, social, and contextual factors influence and shape decision making processes and outcomes in organisations; an analysis of how issues associated with power and authority affect decision making and related organisational structures and processes, and an exploration of how organisational structures and processes might be better designed to enhance decision making intelligence and organisational governance.

Outcomes

This unit aims to introduce students to how researchers have come to understand:

  1. Concepts of power and authority in organisational and institutional contexts.
  2. How good decisions ought to get made in administrative contexts.
  3. How decisions actually do get made in organisations.
  4. How factors associated with complexity, uncertainty, ambiguity, and social choice affect decision making in organisations.
  5. How organisations might be designed to improve decision making processes and outcomes, and better manage associated patterns of power and authority.

Assessment

Essay 1 (4000 words, 50%)
Essay 1 (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

6 seminars x 4 hours (one session per week - compulsory)
5 tutorials x 3 hours (on weeks when seminars not offered - optional)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedSingapore Term 1 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Nicholas Allix

Synopsis

In this unit participants study the definitions of leadership and models of organisational leadership. Topics include: leadership formation and leadership as a career; the values and styles of leaders; organisational vision and mission statements; the identities of leaders; succession, selection and induction processes; heroic and post-heroic models of leadership, including distributed leadership; leadership standards.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. have a better understanding of the nature of leadership as a context-bound, attributed status; leadership as a socially and institutionally constructed phenomenon
  2. understand the typical means by which leaders learn and acquire their leadership and construct career trajectories
  3. understand current issues, topics and recent trends in leadership theory and practice, particularly as these apply in a variety of policy contexts, educational and non-educational settings
  4. understand the demands confronting all types of leaders in a variety of contexts and workplaces.

Assessment

Essay 1 (4000 words, 50%)
Essay 2 (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

6 seminars x 4 hours (one session per week - compulsory)
5 tutorials x 3 hours (on weeks when seminars not offered - optional)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedSingapore Term 2 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Zane Ma Rhea

Synopsis

This unit focuses on the theory and practice of managing change in a range of organisational contexts. As means for achieving effective change, particular consideration is given to strategies for managing the effective development of organisational and human resource capability. Topics include understanding the nature of organisations, and practices associated with managing people, and issues power and authority in a complex globalised context. Human responses to change are also examined, and a variety of processes concerned with decision-making, problem-solving, organisational learning and knowledge management are explored and evaluated.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. acquire detailed knowledge and understanding of the major trends in theories of organisations
  2. have an understanding and critical appreciation of new organisational forms and organisational processes
  3. demonstrate skills in devising a range of strategies and approaches to change management, team leadership and the enhancement of team-based and organisation-wide learning
  4. knowledge and skills required to formulate their own understandings of management and change in the light of their own organisational practices.

Assessment

Essay 1 (4000 words, 50%)
Essay 2 (4000 words, 50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

6 seminars x 4 hours (one session per week - compulsory)
5 tutorials x 3 hours (on weeks when seminars not offered - optional)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester 2014 (Flexible)
Singapore Term 4 2014 (Off-campus)
Coordinator(s)Dr Paddy O'Toole

Synopsis

This unit examines resource management including human, financial administrative and knowledge management. Aspects of strategic planning, budgeting, human resource management and business plans will be covered. Examination of factors associated with developing and maintaining a capable organisation with effective and efficient resource management will be the key feature. Students will be expected to develop a business plan for an organisation relevant to their employment and experience.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. acquire understanding and knowledge of the key aspects of resource management in an organisation
  2. have gained skills in developing and planning for successful resource management
  3. have gained skills in developing an appropriate business plan for an organisation
  4. have an understanding of human resource management elements and their role in organisational success and coherence.

Assessment

Essay (2400 words equivalent, 30%)
Business plan (5600 words equivalent, 70%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Flexible mode offers a stand-alone online offering that allows students to learn and engage in content and assessment in a supported way. It also provides a face to face component of 12 hours over the semester to engage students with the online learning content, which students can attend if they are able and interested.

Minimum total expected workload equals 288 hours per semester comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for flexible students:

  • 12 contact hours and 24 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester or
  • 36 hours equivalent of online activities over the semester

(b.) Additional requirements (all students):

  • independent study to meet the minimum required hours per semester


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Term 3 2014 (Online)
Coordinator(s)Dr Miriam Faine

Synopsis

This unit provides students with a framework to understand and experience the incredible potential of living and learning in a global community that this program offers. The innovative nature of this cohort-based program, with units being taught in four different countries and universities, will make certain demands on students will as they encounter the diverse realities of other students' geographic locations. Through this unit, students will be introduced to the different ways in which globalisation manifests in people's lives and how the learning devices and technologies they will use will aid them in interacting with other students.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. interact freely and confidently, though asynchronously, with others from different contexts and cultures in an academic setting
  2. develop a personal learning profile which represents their entering achievements and characteristics
  3. develop an overall learning plan for the program based on self-assessment of their needs and opportunities
  4. record and reflect on their experiences in an intercontinental program and identify the implications of global change for their work in supporting learning in their own context.

Assessment

Personal learning portfolio and profile (1600 words equivalent, 20%)
Learning plan which will guide your choice of activities in the rest of the program (1600 words equivalent, 20%)
Continuing portfolio or record of learning and your reflections on their experience. This builds upon the groundwork completed in the first assessment task where you establish your learning portfolio (1600 words equivalent, 20%)
Development of a capstone statement demonstrating how you have met the capabilities of the program. This is completed at the end of the Masters program (2400 words equivalent, 30%)
Participation in group discussion (800 words equivalent, 10%)

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Term 4 2014 (Online)
Coordinator(s)Dr Miriam Faine

Synopsis

This unit focuses on theories of learning that emphasise contemporary rather than classical theories of learning. Key concepts from different perspectives are dealt with. Students will consider these theories and the key concepts as they relate to the different contexts of learning including the workplace, social movements and community development.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. apply theoretical perspectives to situations in daily life
  2. examine situations significant to them and their practice and develop abilities to employ a comparative analysis to their exploration of adult learning theories as well as learning contexts.

Assessment

Assignment (individual essay) (4000 words, 50%)
Assignment (group essay) (2400 words equivalent, 30%)
Activity in discussions (1600 words equivalent, 20%)

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Trimester 3 2014 (Online)
Coordinator(s)Dr Miriam Faine

Synopsis

This unit explores how globalization has and continues to reconfigure international and local contexts, as well as their own individual lives, where practices and policies of adult learning are being debated and redesigned. Students will be introduced to competing interpretations of globalization and development, considering the meaning that these concepts have in relation to market-driven economies, diversity and equity issues, and civil society and social movements.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. engage critically with conceptual perspectives on the relationship between adult education and development
  2. examine the global and local development context of adult education in a 'middle income country'
  3. provide opportunities to explore and develop understanding of transformative adult education in civil society contexts, in order to stimulate dialogue around the meaning of the concept 'global/local learning' and encourage critical discussion on the relationships between learning, politics and organisation in the context of civil society organisations and social movements.

Assessment

Assignment 1 (3000 words equivalent, 45%)
Assignment 2 (3000 words equivalent, 45%)
Participation in online discussion (2000 words equivalent, 10%)

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Term 2 2014 (Online)
City (Melbourne) Term 3 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Mr Damon Anderson (City); Dr Miriam Faine (Clayton)

Synopsis

This unit will involve identifying, investigating, improving and reporting on a learning dimension of your work. The starting point is on your identity as a learning practitioner, that is, a person whose work focuses on learning in organisational settings, in local communities and/or in educational institutions. It builds on the current attention given to learning that occurs in everyday work practices as well as in formal educational settings. Several perspectives of learning are explored in this course, all of which emphasise the importance of the learners' personal, theoretical and cultural locations.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand and foster the learning dimension of their work
  2. critically examine and describe their identity as learner practitioners and the way this identity is constructed through a number of local and global conditions
  3. critically engage with various conceptual perspectives on learning in practice that may be influencing their work
  4. develop a critical analysis of their work and workplace.

Assessment

Online participation (800 words equivalent, 10%)
Critical assessment of identity as a learning and development practitioner) (2000 words equivalent, 25%)
Discussion paper on the various conceptual understandings of learning in practice) (2000 words equivalent, 25%)
Case study report (3200 words equivalent, 40%)

Chief examiner(s)


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Term 1 2014 (Online)
Coordinator(s)Dr Miriam Faine

Synopsis

This unit is concerned with the changing relationship between the economy, workplace learning and adult education. The content is structured around two key themes, the changing discourse on work and learning and workplace learning. Central topics here are organizational learning, the learning organization and the debate on the benefits and disadvantages of informal workplace learning.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the issues concerning the relationship between the economy (both global and national), work and employment, and post-compulsory education and training, as well as of their implications
  2. distinguish rhetorical discourse and substantive argument, and to recognize the key economic interests and political forces behind both
  3. analyse and discuss these issues in the context of both national and international research and policy experience
  4. enhance analytical skills and reasoning based on research findings, the academic literature and policy analysis.

Assessment

Reading review (1600 words equivalent, 20%)
Essay (2400 words, 30%)
Futures oriented report (2400 words equivalent, 30%)
Participation in the online discussions of the readings (1600 words equivalent, 20%)

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Summer semester A 2014 (Online)
Coordinator(s)Dr Miriam Faine

Synopsis

This unit focuses on research and how to read research texts in order to understand and evaluate them critically. The unit is based on the assumption that research is perspective dependent. Research texts covering different approaches constitute the ground for critical analysis and interrogation.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. enhance learners' initial understanding of research
  2. view differences in ways in which people understand and approach research
  3. critically read examples of research
  4. plan for a potential or anticipated research project

Assessment

Written tasks make up a total of 80% including:
Short essay (600 words)
Extended essay with peer review provided (1200 words)
Essay on research possibilities, discussing three ways of investigating your problem/topic (800 words)
Research plan (5000 words)
Participation in class discussion: (200 words equivalent, 10%)
Working group contribution: (200 words equivalent, 10%)

Chief examiner(s)

Prerequisites


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Term 1 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Mr Paul Forgasz

Synopsis

This unit promotes self-and-other awareness and positions emotional preparedness as foundational to school leadership. It engages aspirant school leaders in personal and professional growth according to principles and practices of adult learning and development. Collaborative reflective practices examine cognitive and emotional meaning making systems in dynamic learning communities. A range of sources and learning modalities feature educational philosophy and learning theory issues. Durable bridges between practice and theory support the development of practical needs assessments and preliminary planning for school wide change projects.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. complete regular reflective journal submissions that demonstrate considered and integrated personal, scholarly and professionally constructed meanings that use the appropriate reflective writer's content and 'voice' and culminates in a formal personal growth plan
  2. work self-directedly and collaboratively with peers to create a workshop/discussion project pertaining to unit topics, such as adult development models, emotions of leadership, educational philosophical documents, professional development for teachers, learning theories etc., for use in face to face and online modalities
  3. based on study of extant research and readings on professional development planning and in response to school characteristics in student's professional setting, report on one relevant article and collaboratively develop a draft needs assessment for school wide application to determine professional learning needs of teachers and document collaboration notes from liaison with professional mentor and professional teacher colleagues.

Assessment

Reflective writings culminating in personal growth plan (4000 words equivalent, 50%)
Workshop delivery on course topic, presentation 'notes' including handout summary and interactive materials and online participation (1500 words equivalent, 20%)
Progress report on school wide change project, not including needs assessment document (2500 words equivalent, 30%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedCity (Melbourne) Term 2 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Mr Paul Forgasz

Synopsis

This unit provides three modules that help to prepare the school leader to effect knowledgeable and intelligent change in her/his organization. Module one provides an introduction to theories of strategic change and contexts for effecting change. Module two explores theories and practices for researching and leading change in schools, and managing associated human and social resources. Module three explores critical areas of concern for school development and improved performance across subject areas and what leaders need to know to facilitate substantive and sustainable change.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. engage in meaningful consideration of theories of change and assumptions that underlie change practices
  2. use research, development and performance principles, and organizational leadership to develop plans for facilitating strategic change
  3. demonstrate awareness of unit topics such as strategic change management theory and practice, school wide development and performance planning and the management of organisational knowledge, learning and human and social resources in processes of leading change, through journal entries and by engaging in the development of reflective writing and change plan.

Assessment

Change plan (4000 words, 50%)
Reflective journal writing (3000 words, 35%)
Online participation in discussion forums (1000 words equivalent, 15%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 9 hours of independent study per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Nicholas Allix

Synopsis

This unit is designed to engage students in local and global networks and communities of practice so as to expand their perspective on the immediate and larger context for their work as school leaders. This unit will expand the notion of integrated lenses including the following: law, politics and policy, economics, social and cultural challenges and opportunities, information and communication technology (ICT) mediated learning and participation in professional communities. The unit is to be offered as the required third unit of study in the Master in School Leadership course, usually taken in their third semester of part-time study.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. engage in meaningful consideration of the broader issues of school and society as these pertain to school leadership
  2. use key concepts in social, cultural, philosophical, political, economic and other perspectives as lenses through which to consider their decision making practices
  3. apply their learning from module 1) School and Society and module 2) Media, Politics Power and Policy in the context of a network development project that complements their action research project
  4. demonstrate awareness of the use of evidence as a basis for school improvement through data analysis
  5. read with discernment and write appropriately and substantially as a professional/scholarly action researcher in preparation of the ethics application for their projects as a result of further development of their research design.

Assessment

Literature review (5000 words, 70%)
Ethics application for submission to Monash University Human Research Ethics Committee (MUHREC) (3000 words equivalent, 30%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact/online learning hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week


12 points, SCA Band 1, 0.250 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Nicholas Allix

Synopsis

In this unit students deepen their awareness of research methodologies and further develop skills in data gathering and analysis, review of the literature, articulating the professional project plan and assessing and evaluating project progress. The unit provides scaffolded support for the preparation and submission of a journal article reporting on the student's project design development and progress. The unit is offered as the required fourth unit of study in the Master in School Leadership course, usually taken in the fourth semester of part-time study.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify and validate an interpretation of a researchable problem in their professional setting
  2. analyse available data to refine their understanding of the research problem
  3. provide evidence of the collaborative/participative approach they have used to accomplish a shared understanding of the problem
  4. review appropriate empirical, theoretical and professional literature related to the problem
  5. explicate the alignment between choices made in designing and developing the project and the relevant literature
  6. demonstrate familiarity with methodological perspectives and appropriateness of methods chosen to address the research problem including assessment and evaluation strategies
  7. provide a detailed summary of the professional project implementation plan including key elements and timing
  8. demonstrate awareness of ethical issues and provide evidence of having addressed these issues throughout the development, planning and early implementation phases of the project
  9. provide progress report on the early stages of project implementation
  10. write a scholarly article that provides evidence of the achievement of objectives one to nine above.

Assessment

The written work (8000 words) will be required across two assignments detailed in the unit guide:
Assessment task 1 (2000 words, 30%)
Assessment task 2 (6000 words, 70%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 24 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 3 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • independent study to make up the minimum required hours per week

Prerequisites


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedMalaysia First semester (extended) 2014 (Flexible)
Malaysia Second semester (extended) 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Angela Carbone

Synopsis

The higher education project units are designed to bring about an increased awareness in teaching practice and improve student learning. In this unit students choose any area of teaching and learning in higher education and design a negotiated project that will enable them to investigate and improve their own teaching practice. Having successfully completed this unit students can choose to conduct the project to fulfil the requirements of the subsequent unit HED5032 Higher education project: data gathering and analysis.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. negotiate and plan a project that is designed to bring about increased awareness in teaching practice and improve student learning
  2. evaluate developments from both pedagogy and discipline-based research that are relevant to their personal teaching practice
  3. identify suitable pedagogical research methodologies.

Assessment

Project proposal and literature review (minimum 4000 words, 100%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours:

  • 2 contact hours per week (face-to-face and/or online)

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 10 hours independent study per week including literature search and review time, reading and private study time and completion of assessment activities

Prerequisites

First degree or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedMalaysia Second semester (extended) 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Mr Jason Ceddia

Synopsis

The aim of this unit is to build research supervision capacity. The unit is designed and delivered by the Monash University Institute of Graduate Research (MIGR) and covers basic supervision protocols, standards and expectations of Monash University's research degree programs. The unit consists of nine modules which track the supervision cycle. Participants are encouraged to enhance their research supervision strategies by shadowing mentors and engaging in case study discussions and scenarios.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. build research supervision capacity by working through the nine modules which cover the policy and procedures of the research supervision cycle at Monash University
  2. observe and learn from mentors and students
  3. engage in discussion and reflection on case studies and critical situation scenarios
  4. reflect on and demonstrating the impact of study on research supervision on personal practice.

Assessment

Assessment will be by ePortfolio comprising evidence of the impact of the modules, case studies, mentor observations/discussion and reflection on the candidate's personal practice. In addition participants will be endorsed on their knowledge and readiness as part of the debriefing module. (50% portfolio and 50% oral examination/endorsement).

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours:

  • students are required to complete the nine modules offered as part of the MIGR Level 1 Monash Supervisor Accreditation Program. The delivery time for each module will vary but the bulk of the learning will take place during the student's interaction with their mentor and the targeted observations and discussions that will take place within the faculty

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • each module will also involve approximately 8-9 hours of work and study comprising discussion, observations, reading /reflection time, an oral examination and evidence of learning such as an e-Portfolio

Prerequisites

First degree or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedMalaysia First semester (extended) 2014 (Flexible)
Malaysia Second semester (extended) 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Professor Tessa Dunseath

Synopsis

This unit introduces students to the teaching and learning cycle, focusing on the fundamental principles of teaching, learning and assessment within the international and South East Asian context. In this unit effective teaching is viewed as a continually evolving practice based on review, reflection, and revision to suit the characteristics of the higher education student cohorts in the South East Asian region. The significance of the impact of teaching on higher education students' approaches to learning also frames the unit. Students will focus on the principles for reviewing and developing engaged teaching and inclusive, higher education student-centred materials. Students will develop learning outcomes, align content and teaching methodologies with those outcomes, gather feedback and reflect on their teaching. The varied aspects and conceptions of student assessment will be examined, and strategies for reviewing and improving assessment practices will also be investigated.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. understand the context for higher education teaching and learning in South East Asia
  2. recognize student learning as the primary objective of teaching
  3. construct a teaching and learning program and sessions to engage higher education students in active learning
  4. evaluate and select learning materials objectively to address cultural and linguistic barriers to learning
  5. instigate effective and purposeful peer-review of their teaching
  6. correlate the purposes of assessment practices with the learning objectives within South East Asian learning and teaching contexts
  7. apply, modify or integrate relevant key concepts when planning and/or employing assessment tasks
  8. devise, create or adapt techniques for providing quality and timely feedback to their higher education students.

Assessment

Assessment will be by four inter-unit assignments of 20%, 30%, 20% and 30%) each submitted as part of a portfolio (4000 words approximately, 100%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours for on-campus students:

  • 12 contact hours in workshops to be held over 2.5 days prior to the teaching semester

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • 10-12 hours independent study per week

Prerequisites

First degree or equivalent

Co-requisites

Must be concurrently teaching


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedMalaysia First semester (extended) 2014 (Flexible)
Malaysia Second semester (extended) 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Professor Tessa Dunseath

Synopsis

This unit provides opportunities for students to negotiate a program of study focusing on issues in higher education in South East Asia that they identify as being most germane to their own teaching context and discipline. By undertaking a range of modules of study, students will be able to further develop their knowledge and skills in the areas of teaching, learning and assessment and improve their personal practice. Students will be required to undertake five workshop modules in this unit and complete the prescribed activities.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. identify the contemporary issues in higher education in South East Asia that are germane to their own teaching context, discipline and the local setting
  2. be able to draw on the relevant educational literature and research to become better informed about the impact of changing trends on pedagogical principles and practice
  3. be able to apply theory to their teaching approaches and strategies
  4. reflect on and demonstrate the impact that the selected issues have on their personal practice.

Assessment

Assessment will be by portfolio comprising evidence from a range of sources (e.g. photos, journal notes, accounts of skills development) on the impact of the workshops on the student's personal teaching practice ( approximately 4000 words or equivalent, 100%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:

(a.) Contact hours:

  • students are required to complete five workshop modules from the approved list for HED5052 offered by EQI or through schools and other campus departments; workshops may vary in length, but on average would be expected to be 3 to 4 hours (one half day each)

(b.) Additional requirements:

  • approximately 25 hours further study comprising literature and web searches, reading/reflection time, completion of assessment activities and compilation of a portfolio


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester (extended) 2014 (Flexible)
Clayton Second semester (extended) 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Phillip Dawson

Synopsis

This unit enhances students' knowledge of the principles of planning, teaching, learning and assessment. Effective teaching is viewed as a continually evolving practice based on the quality cycle of plan, act, evaluate and improve. Students will explore inclusive student-centred learning activities and make choices in matching learning outcomes, learning activities and assessment with learning objectives. The unit also investigates strategies for optimising student engagement and helps participants act effectively in the classroom through analytical processes and peer review.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. design and evaluate a learning activity
  2. test the key features of an effective assessment task
  3. identify ways in which the quality and impact of teaching might be evaluated
  4. apply the key principles of effective teaching to improve practice
  5. critically reflect on their teaching and devise a plan for improvement.

Assessment

A short paper on the method and response to student and peer feedback on aspects of the unit and current teaching (2000 to 3000 words, 40%)
A portfolio of activities that highlight an academic's reflection on practice (2000 to 3000 words, 50%)
A database entry that provides recommendations for higher education teachers based on a review study from a higher education journal (500 words, 10%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:
(a.) Overall requirements:
+ students are expected to undertake 120 hours per semester of study: to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake the unit tasks as set out in the unit guide, which include set readings, and to complete assessment tasks

Prerequisites

First degree or equivalent

Prohibitions

HED5001, HED5011, HED5012


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Thomas Apperley

Synopsis

This unit examines the role of informal learning and digital technologies in blended learning in a higher education context, focusing on how students use information communication technologies, and how this impacts on contemporary understanding of community and citizenship. The aim of this unit is to understand and evaluate informal everyday technology use in order to inform blended unit and course design practices that will foster student engagement and support life-long learning. The unit will focus on global connectedness and harnessing digital technologies to increase student engagement and promote active and collaborative learning. The unit involves case studies of key relevant digital technologies and their cultures of use, e.g. augmented reality, blogging (and micro-blogging), cloud computing, data visualisation, open access publishing, social networking and virtual worlds. These case studies will be used to understand and develop the knowledge and skills required to critically evaluate and effectively implement the integration of digital media into blended unit design and teaching in higher education.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. critically evaluate and implement the use of educational technologies and communication technologies in a higher education context in a creative and innovative manner
  2. develop strategies for supporting the informal learning and literacies involved in everyday use of digital media for community, communication and collaboration in a higher education context
  3. re-conceptualise the design of modules, unit and courses to reflect how networked digital communication has impacted on student engagement and collaborative learning in higher education
  4. build and sustain a notion of the student as a global digital citizen in online activities and assessment.

Assessment

Report: describing how students would consider integrating digital technologies into one unit they are involved in teaching (1500 words, 40%)
ePortfolio: evaluation of five digital technologies (1500 words, 40%)
Self assessment and action plan for increasing digital literacy (1000 words, 20%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload equals 12 hours per week comprising:

(a.) Contact hours:

  • 2 contact hours per week

(b.) Additional requirements

  • 10 hours independent study per week


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester (extended) 2014 (Flexible)
Clayton Second semester (extended) 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hariz Halilovich

Synopsis

Contemporary learning environments in higher education include: virtual spaces, industry placements, simulated settings, as well as a range of traditional and state-of-the-art lecture, laboratory and tutorial settings. This unit will allow students to examine the influence of virtual design, physical spaces and the 'hidden curriculum' on learning. It will introduce ways of promoting learning in a range of different contexts. Students will consider the impact of different learning environments, how to maximise and/or broaden student learning and practical considerations such as available resources and administration.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. outline the key influences of the learning environment and the student context on learning
  2. optimise use of available learning environments
  3. design virtual environments to maximise learning
  4. describe the impact of changing learning environments on teacher resources.

Assessment

A series of reflexive short pieces (1000 to 1500 words, 30%)
An analysis of the participants' current learning environment (1000 to 2000 words, 30%)
A design portfolio or analytic paper outlining proposed learning environment designs and their relationship to student learning (2000 to 3000 words, 40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:
(a.) Overall requirements:
+ students are expected to undertake 120 hours per semester of study and use their study time to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake the unit tasks as set out in the unit guide, which include set readings, and to complete assessment tasks

Prerequisites

First degree or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester (extended) 2014 (Flexible)
Clayton Second semester (extended) 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Robert Nelson

Synopsis

The aim of this unit is to build research supervision capacity. The unit explores the spread of research graduate paradigms, including the spatial set up of students and their interaction with supervisors and access to resources. Students choose to study paradigms of greatest pertinence to their discipline, however, all enhance their awareness of practices across a breadth of disciplines. The unit investigates the theory of how research is supervised. Equipping students with a knowledge of methodologies, the unit prepares supervisors with the capacity to act and advise prudently toward the student's research potential and development among communities that support scholarship.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. explore the spread of research graduate paradigms, contemplating a variety of international higher degree by research (HDR) programs, their spatial conventions and how interaction with supervisors, community and resources may best be facilitated
  2. choose and refine the supervisory paradigm of greatest relevance to the culture of their discipline
  3. enhance their awareness of supervisory and research coursework and seminar arrangements across a breadth of disciplines
  4. investigate the theory of how research is supervised and what energises a research program as a whole and the individual student in particular
  5. act knowingly as a supervisor to obtain the best for each student's research potential and development.

Assessment

This unit is graded pass grade only (PGO)
Completion of MRGS supervisor accreditation or equivalent (0%)
Completion of case-based Moodle lessons (40%)
An essay of 2000 words or development of new Moodle lesson (60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:
(a.) Overall requirements:
+ students are expected to undertake 120 hours per semester of study and use their study time to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake the unit tasks as set out in the unit guide, which include set readings, and to complete assessment tasks

Prerequisites

First degree or equivalent

Prohibitions


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester (extended) 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Dr Hariz Halilovich

Synopsis

This unit provides participants with a structured introduction to the key dimensions of research leadership, including the development of a personal and team research strategy, project planning and management, collaboration - including working with external partners, ethics and governance for good-practice research, the development of intellectual property, financial management, research for lasting impact and reporting on project outcomes.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. apply the key dimensions of research leadership and a variety of materials to develop a research proposal that involves collaboration
  2. explain how a research proposal might demonstrate alignment with national and international standards for best-practice research
  3. identify governance practices that might be applied to ensure that a research project achieves lasting impact
  4. articulate a personal and team research strategy in a variety of formats.

Assessment

Research plan (3000 words equivalent, 50%)
Class presentation (10 minutes) and participation in discussion (10 minutes) on teamwork and collaboration (50%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:
(a.) Overall requirements:
+ students are expected to undertake 120 hours per semester of study and use their study time to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake the unit tasks as set out in the unit guide, which include set readings, and to complete assessment tasks

Prerequisites

First degree or equivalent


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton First semester (extended) 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Mr Jason Ceddia

Synopsis

This unit allows teaching of topics which are of specific interest to particular disciplines within higher education, or which are focused upon a particular contemporary perspective in higher education. The unit explores aspects of the particular topic through examining participants' own work practices.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. outline key frameworks, principles or theories relevant to the particular focus of this unit
  2. apply these frameworks, principles or theories in order to enhance practice
  3. describe the impact of studying the particular topic upon their own academic practice.

Assessment

Two assignments (2000 words each, 50% each)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:
(a.) Overall requirements:
+ students are expected to undertake 120 hours per semester of study and use their study time to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake the unit tasks as set out in the unit guide, which include set readings, and to complete assessment tasks

Prerequisites

First degree or equivalent

Prohibitions

HED5021


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedNot offered in 2014
Coordinator(s)Dr Nell Kimberley

Synopsis

This unit is designed to allow teaching of topics which are of specific interest to particular disciplines within higher education, or which are focused upon a particular contemporary perspective in higher education. The unit will explore aspects of the particular topic through examining participants' own work practices.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. outline key frameworks, principles or theories relevant to the particular focus of this unit
  2. apply these frameworks, principles or theories in order to enhance practice
  3. describe the impact of studying the particular topic upon their own academic practice.

Assessment

A paper (2000 to 3000 words, 40%)
Portfolio of applied work (3000 to 4000 words, 60%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:
(a.) Overall requirements:
+ students are expected to undertake 120 hours per semester of study and use their study time to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake the unit tasks as set out in the unit guide, which include set readings, and to complete assessment tasks

Prerequisites

First degree or equivalent

Prohibitions

HED5022


6 points, SCA Band 1, 0.125 EFTSL

Refer to the specific census and withdrawal dates for the semester(s) in which this unit is offered, or view unit timetables.

LevelPostgraduate
FacultyFaculty of Education
OfferedClayton Second semester (extended) 2014 (Flexible)
Coordinator(s)Associate Professor Angela Carbone

Synopsis

This unit will introduce the essential elements required to undertake a higher education project and allow students to design a project which aims to improve or innovate in an area of higher education. Students can investigate any area of teaching and learning in higher education. They will consider ways of expressing their project effectively using a variety of formats, the need and value of their project, exploring the literature and building on past higher education projects and programs, the research approach, dissemination plans, and timeline and budget so that the deliverables and outcomes of the project can be achieved within the timeframe. This unit will be offered in blended mode as part of the first wave of migrations to the Monash virtual learning environment. Core components of the program have been developed for online delivery, thus maximizing the efficacy of face to face sessions as opportunities for discussion, interaction and group work.

Outcomes

Upon successful completion of this unit students should be able to:

  1. communicate their proposal effectively using different formats, to participants , staff and industry
  2. review, analyse, consolidate and synthesise a variety of materials in order to articulate the need for their project
  3. identify local and global networks that support and enhance their project outcomes
  4. outline ethical issues involved in undertaking a higher education project
  5. articulate and apply research approaches to undertake and evaluate their project.

Assessment

A verbal presentation and short written expression of the project proposal (500 words, 20%)
A written submission outlining project outcomes and rational, discussing the value and need for the project (2000 to 3000 words, 40%)
A written submission describing the approach, dissemination strategy and budget justification (2000 to 3000 words, 40%)

Chief examiner(s)

Workload requirements

Minimum total expected workload comprises:
(a.) Overall requirements:
+ students are expected to undertake 120 hours per semester of study and use their study time to attend on-campus lectures and workshops, undertake the unit tasks as set out in the unit guide, which include set readings, and to complete assessment tasks

Prerequisites

First degree or equivalent

Prohibitions

HED5031, HED5032